JBOS 28.02.

2022

I Semester
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN - I
Course Code 21ARC11 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:7 SEE Marks (VIVA) 100
Total Hours of Pedagogy Total Marks 200
Credits 07 Exam Hours
Course objectives:
1) To develop the ability to generate solutions to spatial constructs, which integrate principles of design
with functional requirements
2) To develop an understanding of the holistic role of an Architect and Architecture in society.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.

1) The contents of the courses shall be taught in an application-oriented manner on a

scientific and design basis. The course contents shall be taught and learned in lectures,
seminars, labs or workshops, studio exercises and design projects, etc.
2) In-studioexercises the teachers shall take the lead to provide tasks and offer guidance for
solutions finding. The students shall work either individually or in groups.
3) In design studios, the students contribute to the processing, analysis and solving of
problems of direct professional practice, attended by faculty(s) entitled to conduct the
studio and examine. The results shall be defended through drawings; models and reports
and evaluated through periodic assessment and finally by a jury or panel, and finally,
evaluated through periodic assessment and an end semester examination or viva voce.

We inhabit and function in space, both the manmade and the natural i.e., “a life spent within an
enclosure”. These enclosures have functional and cultural meanings, are symbols of abstract ideas of that
period in time.

"Architecture is the art we all encounter most often, most intimately, yet precisely because it is functional
and necessary to life, it's hard to be clear about where the "art" in a building begins." - Jonathan Jones

"Architecture is a discipline directly engaged with shaping enclosure, of erecting and toppling barriers or—
more explicitly—of extending and limiting ‘freedoms’." - E. Sean Bailey &Erandi de Silva

Module-1
Introduction to Architecture:
 Importance of Architectural Design in architectural education.
 Architect’s role in Society and Architectural Design.
 Understanding of Architecture’s connection with other disciplines of knowledge: Science &
Technology, Mathematics, Philosophy, Religion, Sociology, Psychology, Ecology, Climate change
etc.

Teaching-  Documentation of local stories on architecture, important local buildings and

Learning other favourite buildings or places.
Process  To observe and understand different elements, those comprise architecture like

1
JBOS 28.02.2022

doors, windows, staircase, roof, enclosures etc.

 Observing and documenting the built environmental condition around and
experiencing enclosures (field trips) to learn basics of architectural
representation.
Module-2
Introduction to Design:
 Universality of Design in various fields.
 Introduction to different fields in Design such as Basic design, Architectural design, Graphic
design, Automobile design, Interior design, Fashion design, Product design, sustainable
design, and so on.
Teaching- Objects Analysis – Understanding of objects that are in everyday use around us. Look
Learning and feel of them to know the purpose and function, with material, texture, size and
Process shape.
 Representation through points and lines, various textures in nature and man-
made elements.
 To learn basic design principles such as balance, symmetry, rhythm, repetition,
hierarchy, unity, proportion, emphasis, contrast
Module-3
Introduction to the Design Process:
To understand the Qualitative and Quantitative aspects of Design Process
Qualitative design process
 What is an Idea or Concept in Design? Understanding the relationship between idea, context,
space (form & structure), and functional requirements.
 Introduction to the various methods of idea / concept generation - use of form, patterns in
nature and in geometry, music, text, and other allied fields.
 Understanding the ambience of space using – Form, Colour, Texture, Light, Space and Scale
Quantitative design process
 Anthropometry - Understanding the functional and spatial requirements with respect to the
human body and its postures along with furniture.
 Study of Standard measurements, minimum and optimum areas for mono functions.
 User’s data, movement and circulation diagrams.
 Case study of famous architect’s work or local architecture with respect to spatial analysis,
area requirement and program.

Teaching-  Understanding the difference and similarity while design of a non-enclosed space,
Learning a semi-enclosed space, an enclosed space.
Process  Analysis of spaces using – Form, colour, texture, light, ventilation, space and scale
along with circulation.
 Submission will include Idea generation, Study models, Sketches and drawings to
achieve the desired results.
 Drawings of the human body in various postures with required measurements
with respect to different functions, spaces and furniture.
 Design of functional furniture layout with requisite circulation, lighting and
ventilation for a specific function.
Study models and sketches to explore the design principles. Drawings of study models -
plans and sections (suitable scale).
Module-4

2
JBOS 28.02.2022

Introduction to Abstraction:
 Elements of form from abstract concepts like point, line, plane, mass and / or volume, 2D
forms - circle, square and triangle, 3D forms – cube, sphere and pyramid, therefore,
development of more complex forms by the method of addition and / or subtraction.
 Concepts of volume and scale, width to height ratio.
 Additive and subtractive
Teaching- Method of learning: Observation & Study
Learning  Exercises to introduce 2D concepts to 3D forms without functional constraints and
Process Human scale.
 Declaring the conceptional theme of any composition at the beginning, before the
exploring the volume using Horizontal and vertical elements or planes.
 Study of patterns and use the pattern, both physical and material patterns as well
as patterns of transformation and Integration. Appreciation of the difference
between architecture and the chosen pattern.
Module-5
Form Development with function
 Design of Spaces such as a pavilion, gazebo, kiosk, bus stop, stage, (outdoor spaces) living/dining,
bedrooms, (indoor spaces) Architect’s office, Doctor’s clinic, etc. (Utilitarian Spaces) ( anyone in
each category)
 Design of functional furniture layout with requisite circulation, lighting, and ventilation for a
specific function.
 Understanding the difference and similarities while the design of a non-enclosed space, a semi-
enclosed space, an enclosed space.
 Submission will include Idea generation, Study models, Sketches, and drawings to achieve the
desired results.
Teaching-  Discussions, presentations, and case studies will cover three typologies.
Learning
Process The portfolio covering all the assignments shall be presented for term work.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
the student will be able to:
 Get an introduction into the field of Architectural Design viz. a viz. the duality & the tension that
exists between the form and function of a space.
 Make responsible choices for design development
 Get a perspective on design of spaces in formal and informal settlements.

3
JBOS 28.02.2022

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, test,
Seminar or micro project)
The Marks of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 100 and for Semester End Exam (SEE)(viva) is 100
marks. The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% of the maximum marks of CIE and 40 % of
maximum marks of SEE to pass. The passing percentage shall not be less than the 50% in aggregate for a
course (i.e. CIE and SEE put together). Based on the marks scored in CIE+SEE grading will be awarded
for this course.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project,Quiz, report
writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Design and Seminars if any, in the beginning
only. The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets
for the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
2. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.
3. The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted
to VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

4
JBOS 28.02.2022

Suggested Learning Resources:

REFERENCES: ( For all semesters of Architectural Design)

1. Alain de Botton, “How Proust Can Change your life", Picador, 1997.
2. Alain de Botton, “The Architecture of Happiness", Sep. 2006, Vintage Books.
3. Alan Fletcher, " The art of looking sideways", Phaidon Press, 2001 and Partis", Van Nostrand
Reinhold, 1985
4. Anthony Di Mari and Nora Yoo, " Operative Design: A Catalogue of Spatial Verbs", 2012, BIS
Publishers.
5. 5. Anthony Di Mari, " Conditional Design: An Introduction to Elemental Architecture", 2014, 1st
Edition, Thames & Hudson.
6. Bruno Munari,"Design as Art", Penguin UK, 25-Sep-2008
7. Charles George Ramsey and Harold Sleeper, " Architectural Graphic Standards", 1992, Wiley
8. Christopher Alexander, "Notes on the Synthesis of Form", 1964, Harvard University Press.
9. Debkumar Chakrabarti, “Indian Anthropometric Dimensions for Ergonomic Design Practice",
1997.
10. François Blanciak, " Siteless: 1001 Building Forms", 2008, MIT Press
11. Frank Ching, James F. Eckler, "Introduction to Architecture", 2012, John Wiley & Sons, US
12. Frank D.K. Ching, " Architecture: Form, Space, and Order", 4th Edition, Sep. 2014, John Wiley &
Sons
13. Herman Hertzberger, "Lessons for Students in Architecture", 2005, 010 Publishers
14. Italo Calvino, " Invisible Cities", Harcourt Brace Jovanovich (May 3, 1978)
15. John Berger, " Way of Seeing", 1972, Penguin, UK
16. John Hancock Callender, " Time-Saver Standards for Architectural Design Data", 1982, McGraw-
Hill
17. Michael Pause and Roger H. Clark, " Precedents in Architecture: Analytic Diagrams, Formative
Ideas, National Institute of Design.
18. Paul Jacques Grillo, " Form, Function and Design", 1975 , Dover Publications, New York
19. Paul Jacques Grillo, " What is Design?", 1960, P. Theobald
20. Paul Lewis, Marc Tsurumaki, David J. Lewis, "Manual of Section", Princeton Architectural Press,
2016
21. Peter H. Reynolds, " The Dot", 2013, Candlewick Press
22. Philip Jodidio, "Tree houses. Fairy tale castles in the air", 2012, Taschen
23. Robert W. Gill, "Rendering with Pen and Ink", Van Nostrand Reinhold (1 June 1984)
24. Tom Alphin, "The LEGO Architect", 2015, No Starch Press

Web-links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity-Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning:

 Site visit the historical and contemporary buildings in the nearby area and documenting.
 Spatial analysis of area requirements, movement and circulation diagrams for informal
settlement houses.
 Understand and appreciate various elements of Architecture such as Doors, Windows, Balconies,
Otlas, Verandas, etc and document them for CIE.
 Examine the use of natural light, ventilation and comfort conditions in built environments.

5
JBOS 28.02.2022

MATERIALS AND METHODS IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION-I

Course Code 21ARC12 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:3 SEE Marks (VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 4 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours

Course objectives:
 To introduce students to primary building materials and simple construction techniques as applicable
to a low-rise building- three to four-storied contemporary building.
 To develop an understanding of brick bonding, foundation details, external wall section with flat roof
and parapet.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. The students need to do the construction assignments in the studios.
2. The assignments to be submitted to the teacher as continuous internal evaluation on weekly basis.
3. Material assignments to be submitted in the portfolio form.
Module-1
1. Overview of simple masonry building, its various components and materials used for construction.
2. Various conventions used for drawing plan, section and elevation.
3. Brick: Types, properties, uses and manufacturing methods.
4. Brick Walls: Types of brick walls and bonds, mortar types, plasters, buttresses, arches and lintels.
Module-2
5. Stone: Types, properties, quarrying and finishing.
6. Stone Walls: Bonds, arches and lintels.

Module-3
7. Concrete Masonry Unit: Hollow and solid concrete Blocks: Manufacture, uses and properties, CMU
Wall construction and detailing.
8. Alternative materials for Wall construction: Clay Hollow Blocks, Fly Ash Blocks, Aerated Concrete
Blocks, Autoclaved Cellular Concrete (Aerocon) walls, Stabilized Mud Blocks and Glass Blocks:
Manufacture, uses and properties, wall construction and Detailing.

Module-4
9. Masonry Foundation: Simple load bearing foundations in brick and stone.
10. Wood: Natural, hard and soft wood; quality, properties; joints in wood. Timber: Quality of Timber
used in buildings External and Internal, defects, seasoning and preservation.

Module-5
11. Wooden doors: Types of wooden Doors - Doors with Frames, Doors on Pivot, Single & Double
shutters, Wood with Glass shutters, Design an Innovative Solid Wooden Door for Public scale
buildings with Low cost type and High-tech type. Types of Wood details Types of wooden windows &
ventilator; Casement, Top Hung & Fixed types, Details of joinery.
Teaching-  Studio works by students, lecture by faculty on materials using teaching aids
Learning  Visits to construction yard/site to understand materials and methods of construction.
Process  Seminar by students on their learning.
Note:  Discussions, presentations, and case studies will cover three typologies.
 The portfolio covering all the assignments shall be presented for term work.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

 The student will be able to understand the properties and uses of various materials and methods used
in buildingconstruction
 The student will be able to design and draw various details used in a typical construction of a low rise
6
JBOS 28.02.2022

building.
 The student will be able to design and detail various basic components used in a typical building
construction, such as Doors, Windows, Ventilators etc.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- Submission of construction drawing sheets, Journal of
materials, Multiple Choice Question, Quizzes, Open book test, Seminar or micro project)
The Marks of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50 and for Semester End Exam (SEE)(viva) is 50
marks. The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% of the maximum marks of CIE and 40 % of
maximum marks of SEE to pass. The passing percentage shall not be less than the 50% in aggregate for a
course (i.e. CIE and SEE put together). Based on the marks scored in CIE+SEE grading will be awarded
for this course.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Methods suggested: Submission of Construction sheets, Journal of Materials, Test, Written Quiz,
Seminar, report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topics for the test, Written Quiz, and Seminar. In the beginning,
only the teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for
Term work examination, atleast one day prior to Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
2. The work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course
teacher or an internal examiner.
3. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to
VTU in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

REFERENCES:
1. Francis K. Ching‘Buildingconstruction’,Wiley;5edition(February17,2014)
2. R. Barry,“ConstructionofBuildings”Vol1.,1999byWiley-Blackwell
3. RoyChudley,"ConstructionTechnology”,3rdEdition, Longman,1999
4. W.B.Mckay,"BuildingConstruction”,Donhead,2005
5. Building Construction by Rangwala ,33rd Edition 2019
6. Building Construction by Sushil Kumar
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.civilengineeringforum.me/structural-design-procedure/
 https://civiljungle.com/
 http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-resources/#204-heat-transfer

7
JBOS 28.02.2022

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning:

 Visit to construction site for observation of materials used and methods adopted in building
construction.
 Study of vernacular materials used in different climatic zones and their thermal properties.
 Visit to material testing labs to understand various properties of building materials, and observe the
testing methods.
 Discuss with the faculty/experts on life cycle and environmental impact of construction materials

8
JBOS 28.02.2022

ARCHITECTURAL GRAPHICS-I
Course Code 21ARC13 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:4 SEE Marks ( Term Work) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours

Course objectives:
 To introduce students to the various concepts and techniques of architectural andgraphic presentations.
 To train the students to work on drawing methods both in freehand and withinstruments.
 Encourage students to work with computer tools.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. The students need to do the assignments in the studios.
2. Use of Video animation for easy understanding of various drawings.
Module-1
Ch.1 Introduction to Graphic Representations: Basic principles and methods of drawing,methods of
using instruments, and sign conventions.
 Exercises inline-weightage and its application
 Exercises in free-hand drawing.
Ch-2 Exercises of Practice in Lettering: Lettering used in architectural drawings, including different
fonts.
Module-2
Ch-3 Introduction to Euclidian Geometry: Exercises in lines and angles. Basic geometrical
constructions, construction of triangles, quadrilaterals and regular polygons. Introduction to the
development of simple surfaces of basic geometrical shapes and their applications.
Ch-4 Arches: Typical arch shapes and their construction methods.

Module-3
Ch-5 Introduction to plane curves such as ellipse, parabola, hyperbola and ovals and their
construction methods.
Ch-6 Introduction to reduced scales and its application to architectural drawings.

Module-4
Ch-7 Introduction to orthographic projection (First angle projection): Principles of
orthographicprojection, projections of points, lines and planes in different positions.

Ch-8 Orthographic Projection of Solids, architectural elements and built forms.

Module-5

Ch-9: 3DProjections-I: Isometric and Axonometric views of solids and architectural elements.
Ch 10: 3DProjections-II: Isometric and Axonometric views of built forms

Teaching- 1. The students need to do the assignments in the studios.

Learning 2. Explore videos in various websites using animation of geometrical drawings
Process
Note: A consolidated portfolio containing exercises related to each of the above topics are to be
submitted for term work examination.

9
JBOS 28.02.2022

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the semester, the students will be equipped with graphical skills
which shall be useful in translating the graphical ideas into technically appropriate drawingpresentations.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio discussions, drawings, Time problems, test, etc)
The Marks of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50 and for Semester End Exam (SEE)(Term work)
is 50 marks. The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% of the maximum marks of CIE and 40 % of
maximum marks of SEE to pass. The passing percentage shall not be less than the 50% in aggregate for a
course (i.e. CIE and SEE put together). Based on the marks scored in CIE+SEE grading will be awarded
for this course.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, drawings, Time problems, CIE tests,
2. The class teacher has to make a list for the drawings sheets to be done in the studio, in the beginning
only. The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for
Term work examination, atleast one day prior to Term Work Examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
2. The term work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course
teacher or an internal examiner.
3. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to
VTU in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

REFERENCES:
1. Francis D.K.Ching,"ArchitecturalGraphics",VanNostrandReinholdCo.,1985
2. I.H. Morris, "Geometrical Drawing for Art Students", Longmans(1902)
3. ShankarMalik,"Perspective&Sciography",1994, Allied Publisher

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Encourage students to work on Computer aided Graphics.

10
JBOS 28.02.2022

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE-I
Course Code 21ARC14 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks ( Theory) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course objectives:
 Introduce the evolution of architecture, alongside the culture of early civilizations.
 To enable students to understand how different architecture solutions were evolved within the
prevalent socio-economic and culture environment, demographic, political, regional influences
(availability of materials, climate and topography of a region). (The scope limited from Prehistory,
Stone Age to civilizations across continents, early Iron Age).
 To evaluate the architecture of river valley civilization and bygone era through the analysis of
appropriate examples

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Critically evaluate the development of architecture and settlements through ages.
 Learner need to appreciate the efforts of various civilizations in development of art and architecture.
 Understand how belief system shaped the architecture of different periods.

MODULE - 1
Introduction to Pre-Historic Civilization (early cultures):
1. Introduction to Architectural history. Primitive man - shelters, settlements, ritual centres (religious
and burial systems) e.g.: Oval hut, Nice; settlement at Catal huyuk; Megalithic architecture (Dolmen
tomb, gallery grave, passage grave); Henge Monuments, Stonehenge.
2. Generic Cross-cultural understanding of factors influencing early settlement and built form.
MODULE - 2
Introduction to architecture and planning of river valley civilizations of ancient Indus, Egypt, Mesopotamia.
3. Indus Valley Civilization (Indus and Ghaggar Hakra): Forces shaping settlements and habitats,
E.g.: Mehrgarh, Layout of Mohenjo-Daro, dwellings and monumental architecture (House plan,
Community well, Great Bath, Granary).
4. Mesopotamia (Tigris and Euphrates): Forces shaping settlements and habitats E.g.: Ziggurats at
Warka, Ur and Tchoga Zanbil, Palace of Sargon.
5. Egyptian Civilization (Nile): Forces shaping settlements and habitats (funerary and sacred spaces),
e.g.: Mastabas, Pyramid complex, Temple of Khons, Karnak.
MODULE - 3
6. Introduction to Chinese Architecture: Forces shaping settlements and habitats. Study of civic
architecture, Domestic architecture, like palaces, tombs, temples and houses.
7. Introduction to Mayan and Japanese Architecture: Forces shaping settlements and habitats.
MODULE - 4
8. Introduction to Pre-Classical Civilization: Mycenaean, Etruscan, Persian (Achaemenid) E.g.: Lion
Gate and Treasury of Atreus, Mycenae; Palace of Tiryns (Megaron), Etruscan Temples (Juno Sospita,
Lanuvium), Tomb of Cyrus, Pasargadae, Palace of Persepolis.
9. Introduction to Pre-Classical Architecture (Indian sub-continent): Aryan and early Mauryan E.g.:
Vedic village, typologies in Vedic Town and Vedic house. Study of civic architecture, Domestic
architecture, like palaces, tombs, temples and houses. e.g.: Palace at Pataliputra.
MODULE - 5
10. Introduction to Desert and Mountainous Cultures: Forces shaping settlements and habitats
(environmental and cultural influences) e.g.: Include first civilization of America, Andes, Mayans,
early societies/cultures in the Sahara, Thar, and North America.
11. Introduction to Tribal Cultures: Forces shaping settlements and habitats e.g.: Indigenous Peoples

11
JBOS 28.02.2022

across the globe (environmental, cultural influences on settlements).

Teaching- 1. Theory classes to evaluate the development through ages

Learning 2. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.
Process
Note: Progressive marks to include Submission of a portfolio of sketches, Assignments and study
models
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

 The students will be able to appreciate geographical, geological, social, cultural and political factors
that influenced the early society and its architecture.
 They will also understand the use of materials and structural/construction systems explode during that
era.
 The students will also understand and focus on local architecture context in addition to understanding
the global history of architecture.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- MCQ, Quizzes, Open book test, Seminar or micro project)
The Marks of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50 and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50 marks.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% of the maximum marks of CIE and 40 % of maximum
marks of SEE to pass. The passing percentage shall not be less than the 50% in aggregate for a course (i.e.
CIE and SEE put together). Based on the marks scored in CIE+SEE grading will be awarded for this
course.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks(duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per
the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common
question papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module
(with a maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.

The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

12
JBOS 28.02.2022

Suggested Learning Resources:

REFERENCES:
1. Francis D K Ching, Mark M. Jarzombek, Vikramaditya Prakash, "A Global History of
Architecture" by Wiley and Sons, 2011.
2. Percy Brown , "Indian Architecture B uddhist and Hindu", Read Books, 2010.
3. Sir Banister Fletcher; edited by Dan Cruickshank , "History of Architecture", CBS Publishers and
Distributors, 2003
4. Satish Grover, "Buddhist and Hindu Architecture in India", CBS Publishers and Distributors,
2003
5. History of Architecture by James Fergusson
6. The Story of Architecture by Patrick Nuttgens
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Making sketches of various buildings in sketch book
 Seminar by students on selected topics in group or individually.
 Group discussion on a topic.

13
JBOS 28.02.2022

BASIC DESIGN AND VISUAL ARTS

Course Code 21ARC15 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:0:0:3 SEE Marks ( Term Work) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 60 Total Marks 100
Credits 05 Exam Hours

Course objectives:
To encourage a critical orientation to design thinking and action.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Develop observation skill in students towards design in various fields
 Appreciate art in various forms.
 Develop curiosity as how elements of design manifested in nature.

MODULE - 1
Definition of Art and role of Art in Society: Role and meaning of art, various types of arts-fine arts, performing
arts, commercial arts, industrial arts, folk arts, abstract art, visual arts, spatial arts, temporal arts, pop art etc.
Relationship of architecture with other arts like Painting and Sculpture.
Study Tools- Any three can be explored
 Observation & Study to develop hand & cognitive skill.
 Colours, Pattern & textures, and function
 Additive and Subtractive of Forms Freehand sketching
 Exercises of rendering techniques

MODULE - 2
Principles of Composition: Elements of Design & Principles of Design. Principles of Aesthetics and
Architectural Composition -1 – Unity, Balance, Proportion, Scale in Architectural composition. Illustrations
and its application to the practice of design with historical as well as contemporary buildings.
Study Tools- Any three can be explored
 Colours, Pattern & textures, and function
 Additive and Subtractive of Forms
 Freehand sketching
 Exercises of rendering techniques
 Material Study
MODULE - 3
Patterns
1. Study of pattern: Natural, Manmade and Geometric patterns
 Recognizing patterns, analyzing ideas, synthesizing information, solving problems, and creating
things involving the process of abstraction.
 Appreciation of use of patterns in design
2. Space making through patterns
Structure
3. Understanding gravity, and the different ways we resist it. Study of material & structure in nature, and
how design brings them together. Sketch analysis of structure and form in an example taken from
Patterns.
Study tools - Any three can be explored
 Deconstruction of natural, manmade pattern to grid and abstract patterns
 Point, line, Plane, Form using Grid Pattern.
 Volumetric Exercises- Solid & Void.
 Freehand sketching
 Study of Material & structure in nature, and expressing through design.
MODULE - 4

14
JBOS 28.02.2022

Study of Art Forms & Crafts of India and Asia. Difference between art and craft.
Art Styles of India- folk, popular and modern art, Art trends, periods and Isms.
Study tools-
 Explore and learn any one Indian art form and regional craft.
 Structural/Material translation from concept mind mapping.
MODULE - 5
Appreciation of oriental and western performing arts.
Study tools-
 Exploring Performing arts of India,
 Regional Folk Dance and Crafts like, Leather puppets etc.
 To understand the oriental & western styles. Use them in product design.
Teaching-  Studios to conduct hands on work with models, sheets, drawings in Basic Design
Learning  Indoor and outdoor sketching in various medium to explore visual arts
Process
 Site/field visit to folklores areas
 Screening documentaries, videos, films on various arts and crafts India and Asia.
Note: Progressive marks to include Submission of a portfolio of sketches, sheets and study models,
etc
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

 The students will be able to appreciate critical orientation to design thinking and action.
 The students will be able to appreciate the concept of abstraction by experimenting with different
patterns and materials.
 Thestudent will alsodevelop an ability to appreciate various art forms.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- Studio works, model making, Seminar or micro project)
The Marks of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50 and for Semester End Exam (SEE)(term work) is
50 marks. The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% of the maximum marks of CIE and 40 % of
maximum marks of SEE to pass. The passing percentage shall not be less than the 50% in aggregate for a
course (i.e. CIE and SEE put together). Based on the marks scored in CIE+SEE grading will be awarded
for this course.
.Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Methods suggested: Test, Written Quiz, Seminar, report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the test, Written Quiz, and Seminar. In the beginning, only
the teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for
Term work examination, atleast one day prior to Term Work Examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
2. The term work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course
teacher or an internal examiner.
3. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to
VTU in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution

Suggested Learning Resources:

REFERENCES:
1. Donald Norman, ‘Design of Everyday Things”, Basic Books; 2 edition (5 November 2013)
2. John Berger, ‘Ways of Seeing’ 1972, Penguin, UK
3. Maitland Graves, ‘The Art of Color and Design’, McGraw-Hill, 1951
4. Robert Gill, “Rendering with Pen and Ink”, Thames & Hudson; Revised, Enlarged edition (2 April
1984)
5. Abid Husain, “National culture of India", National Book Trust, India, 1994

15
JBOS 28.02.2022

6. Antony Mason, John T. Spike, "A History of Western Art: from prehistory to the 21st Century",
McRae Books, 2007.
7. Arthur Llewellyn Basham, ‘The Wonder That Was India", Picador; Indian edition, 2004
8. Christopher Alexander, "The Timeless way of Building" , Oxford University Press (1979)
9. Francis D.K. Ching," Architecture: form, space & order", John Wiley & Sons, 2010
10. Fred S. Kleiner, "Art through the Ages", Cengage Learning; 14 edition, 2012
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.researchgate.net/publication/339016810_Pedagogy_for_Basic_Design_Studio_in_Learnin
g_Architecture_A_Qualitative_Exploration.
 https://www.shs-conferences.org/articles/shsconf/pdf/2016/04/shsconf_erpa2016_01053.pdf

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning



16
JBOS 28.02.2022

MODEL MAKING WORKSHOP

Course Code 21ARC16 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:4 SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy 50 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours

Course objectives:
To train the students to experiment and manipulate materials leading to creative exploration of forms.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Making a student aware of various materials for model making
2. Hands on training for model making in various forms and shapes
COURSE OUTLINE
MODULE - 1
1. Generation of basic forms-cube, cone, dome and arch.
2. Generating of organic and geometrical forms/objects
MODULE - 2
3. Generation of forms &Material exploration: hands on skill by using wood, bamboo, metal wire, thread,
balsa wood, clothe, paper board etc
MODULE - 3
4. Composite forms: Experimental form generation by combining various materials and shapes.(rods,
pipes, slabs, etc.)
5. Free Forms: Tensile structures, Funicular Shells using wood, fabric, plastic etc.
MODULE - 4
6. Architectural forms: making of windows, wall doors, roofs, trees, shrubs, roads, vehicles etc.

MODULE - 5
7. Introduction to digital modelling like 3D printing and laser cutting. Note: Student may be encouraged
to use environment friendly materials. Learning Outcome: At the end of the course the students would
be able to use variety of materials to construct architectural models and different geometrical forms
Teaching-  Assign exercises in making different types of models using variety of materials
Learning available in the market.
Process
Note: Progressive marks to include Submission of models as part of CIE

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the students will be able to experiment and manipulate materials leading to creative
exploration of forms.

17
JBOS 28.02.2022

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- Studio work, model making, sketching , Seminar or micro
project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 100% and there is no Semester End Exam (SEE.)
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% in CIE to pass. Based on the CIE marks grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Methods suggested: Submission of the studio work on weekly basis in the form of drawings, models,
reports of site/field trips etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the studio work and other assignments. In the beginning,
only the teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject.
3. The class teacher has to continuously assess the work of students on weekly basis from assignments
and tests. CIE marks to be awarded at the end of semester and to be uploaded to VTU portal.

Semester End Examination:

1. The CIE Marks to be submitted to VTU Portal.
2. There is no SEE marks

Suggested Learning Resources:

REFERENCES:
1. Arjan Karssen & Bernard Otte, "Model Making: Conceive, Create and Convince", Frame
Publishers (November 11, 2014)
2. David Neat , "Model-Making: Materials and Methods", CroWood Press, 2008
3. JocquiAtkin, "250 tips, techniques, and trade secrets for potters", Barron's Educational Series,
2009
4. Matt Driscoll, "Model Making for Architects", The Crowood Press Ltd, 2013
5. Megan Werner," Model making", Princeton Archit.Press,2010
6. Nick Dunn, "Architectural Model Making", Laurence King Publishing, 2014
7. Roark T. Congdon, "Architectural Model Building", Fairchild Books; 1 edition, 2010
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kfj2-A5rJoQ
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kMil6ETrmj0

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Group work on model making such as geodesic dome.

18
JBOS 28.02.2022

INNOVATION and DESIGN THINKING

Course Code 21IDT19/29 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 02
01

CourseCategory:Foundation
Preamble:Thiscourseprovidesanintroductiontothebasicconceptsandtechniques of engineering and
reverses engineering, the process of design, analyticalthinking and ideas, basics and development of
engineering drawing, application ofengineeringdrawingwith computeraide.
Course objectives:
 To explain the concept of design thinking for product and service development
 To explain the fundamental concept of innovation and design thinking
 To discuss the methods of implementing design thinking in the real world.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies; which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Lecturer method (L) does not mean only the traditional lecture method, but a different type of
teaching method may be adopted to develop the outcomes.
2. Show Video/animation films to explain concepts
3. Encourage collaborative (Group Learning) Learning in the class
4. Ask at least three HOTS (Higher-order Thinking) questions in the class, which promotes critical
thinking
5. Adopt Problem Based Learning (PBL), which fosters students’ Analytical skills, develops thinking
skills such as the ability to evaluate, generalize, and analyze information rather than simply recall
it.
6. Topics will be introduced in multiple representations.
7. Show the different ways to solve the same problem and encourage the students to come up with
their own creative ways to solve them.
8. Discuss how every concept can be applied to the real world - and when that's possible, it helps
improve the students' understanding.

Module-1
PROCESS OFDESIGN
Understanding Design thinking
Shared model in team-based design – Theory and practice in Design thinking – Explore presentation
signers across globe – MVP or Prototyping
Teaching- Introduction about the design thinking: Chalk and Talk method
Learning Theory and practice through presentation
Process MVP and Prototyping through live examples and videos
Module-2
Tools for Design Thinking
Real-Time design interaction capture and analysis – Enabling efficient collaboration in digital space
– Empathy for design – Collaboration in distributed Design

Teaching- Case studies on design thinking for real-time interaction and analysis
Learning Simulation exercises for collaborated enabled design thinking
Process

19
JBOS 28.02.2022

Live examples on the success of collaborated design thinking

Module-3
Design Thinking in IT
Design Thinking to Business Process modelling – Agile in Virtual collaboration environment – Scenario
based Prototyping
Teaching- Case studies on design thinking and business acceptance of the design
Learning Simulation on the role of virtual eco-system for collaborated prototyping
Process
Module-4
DT For strategic innovations
Growth – Story telling representation – Strategic Foresight - Change – Sense Making - Maintenance
Relevance – Value redefinition - Extreme Competition – experience design - Standardization –
Humanization - Creative Culture – Rapid prototyping, Strategy and Organization – Business Model
design.
Teaching- Business model examples of successful designs
Learning Presentation by the students on the success of design
Process Live project on design thinking in a group of 4 students
Module-5
Design thinking workshop
Design Thinking Work shop Empathize, Design, Ideate, Prototype and Test
Teaching- 8 hours design thinking workshop from the expect and then presentation by the students
Learning on the learning from the workshop
Process
CourseOutcomes:
Uponthesuccessfulcompletion ofthecourse,studentswillbeableto:
KnowledgeLevel(Base
CO
CourseOutcomes donrevisedBloom’sTa
Nos.
xonomy)
CO1 Appreciatevariousdesignprocessprocedure K2
Generateanddevelopdesignideasthroughdifferent
CO2 K2
technique
IdentifythesignificanceofreverseEngineeringtoUnderstandprodu
CO3 K2
cts
CO4 Drawtechnicaldrawingfordesignideas K3

20
JBOS 28.02.2022

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term Paper)
The weightage for Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and that for Semester End Exam
(SEE) is 50%. The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% of the maximum marks of CIE and
40 % of maximum marks of SEE to pass a course. The average marks of CIE and SEE put
together shall not be less than 50% of the marks of course. Based on the marks scored in
CIE+SEE, grades for the course will be included in the grade card.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(Preferred pattern of the all test are similar to the SEE pattern, however; teacher may follow the
CIE test pattern of other engineering courses)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs
and POs for 20 Marks(duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100
marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks

CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for subject
SEE paper will be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is
MCQ. The time allotted for SEE is 01 hours

Suggested Learning Resources:

Text Books:
1. John.R.Karsnitz,StephenO’BrienandJohnP.Hutchinson,“EngineeringDesign”,Cengagelearning(Inte
rnationaledition)SecondEdition,2013.
2. Roger Martin, "The Design of Business: Why Design Thinking is the Next Competitive Advantage",
Harvard Business Press , 2009.
3. Hasso Plattner, Christoph Meinel and Larry Leifer (eds), "Design Thinking: Understand – Improve
– Apply", Springer, 2011
4. Idris Mootee, "Design Thinking for Strategic Innovation: What They Can't Teach You at Business
or Design School", John Wiley & Sons 2013.

References:

21
JBOS 28.02.2022

5. YousefHaikandTamerM.Shahin,“EngineeringDesignProcess”,CengageLearning,SecondEdition,
2011.
6. Book - Solving Problems with Design Thinking - Ten Stories of What Works (Columbia Business
School Publishing) Hardcover – 20 Sep 2013 by Jeanne Liedtka (Author), Andrew King (Author),
Kevin Bennett (Author).
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. www.tutor2u.net/business/presentations/./productlifecycle/default.html
2. https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11108_02/otn/pdf/./E11087_01.pdf
3. www.bizfilings.com›Home›Marketing›ProductDevelopmen
4. https://www.mindtools.com/brainstm.html
5. https://www.quicksprout.com/./how-to-reverse-engineer-your-competit
6. www.vertabelo.com/blog/documentation/reverse-
engineeringhttps://support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/273814
7. https://support.google.com/docs/answer/179740?hl=en
8. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2mjSDIBaUlMthevirtualinstruc
tor.com/foreshortening.html
https://dschool.stanford.edu/.../designresources/.../ModeGuideBOOTCAMP2010L.pdf
https://dschool.stanford.edu/use-our-methods/ 6. https://www.interaction-
design.org/literature/article/5-stages-in-the-design-thinking-process 7.
http://www.creativityatwork.com/design-thinking-strategy-for-innovation/ 49 8.
https://www.nngroup.com/articles/design-thinking/ 9.
https://designthinkingforeducators.com/design-thinking/ 10.
www.designthinkingformobility.org/wp-content/.../10/NapkinPitch_Worksheet.pdf

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 http://dschool.stanford.edu/dgift/

22
JBOS 28.02.2022

Communicative English
Course Code 21EGH18 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:0:0 Hours SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 02 Hours/Week Total Marks 100
Credits 02 Exam Hours 02 hours

Course objectives:
The course (21EGH18) will enable the students,

 To know about Fundamentals of Communicative English and Communication Skills in general.

 To train to identify the nuances of phonetics, intonation and enhance pronunciation skills for better
communication skills.
 To impart basic English grammar and essentials ofimportant language skills.
 To enhance English vocabulary and language proficiency for better communication skills.
 To learn about Techniques of Information Transfer through presentation.

Language Lab :To augment LSRW, grammar, and Vocabulary skills (Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing and
Grammar, Vocabulary) through tests, activities, exercises etc., comprehensive web-based learning and assessment
systems can be referred as per the AICTE /VTU guidelines.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

1. Teachers shall adopt suitable pedagogy for effective teaching - learning process. The pedagogy shall involve
the combination of different methodologies which suit modern technological tools and software’s to meet
the present requirements of the Global employment market.
(i) Direct instructional method ( Low /Old Technology),
(ii) Flipped classrooms ( High/advanced Technological tools),
(iii) Blended learning ( combination of both),
(iv) Enquiry and evaluation based learning,
(v) Personalized learning,
(vi) Problems based learning through discussion,
(vii) Following the method of expeditionary learning Tools and techniques,
(viii) Use of audio visual methods through language Labs in teaching of of LSRW skills.
2. Apart from conventional lecture methods, various types of innovative teaching techniques through videos,
animation films may be adapted so that the delivered lesson can progress the students In theoretical applied
and practical skills in teaching of communicative skills in general.

Module-1
Introduction to Communicative English:
Introduction, Language as a Tool, Fundamentals of Communicative English, Process of Communication, Barriers to
Effective Communicative English, Different styles and levels in Communicative English (Communication Channels).
Interpersonal and Intrapersonal Communication Skills, How to improve and Develop Interpersonal and
Intrapersonal Communication Skills.

Chalk and talk method, Videos, PowerPoint presentation to teach Communication skills (LSRW
Teaching-
Skills), Creating real time stations in classroom discussions, Giving activities and assignments
Learning
(Connecting Campus & community with companies real time situations).
Process

Module-2
23
JBOS 28.02.2022

Introduction to Phonetics :
Introduction, Phonetic Transcription, English Pronunciation, Pronunciation Guidelines Related to consonants and
vowels, Sounds Mispronounced, Silent and Non-silentLetters, Syllables and Structure, Word Accent and Stress Shift,
– Rules for Word Accent, Intonation – purposes of intonation, Spelling Rules and Words often Misspelt – Exercises
on it.Common Errors in Pronunciation.

Teaching- Chalk and talk method, Videos, PowerPoint presentation and Animation videos to teach phonetics
Learning in Practical method, creating real time stations in classroom discussions, Giving activities and
Process assignments (Connecting Campus & communitywith companies real time situations).
Module-3
Basic English Communicative Grammar and Vocabulary PART - I :
Grammar: Basic English Grammar and Parts of Speech - Nouns, Pronouns, Adjectives, Verbs, Adverbs, Conjunctions,
Articles and Preposition. Preposition, kinds of Preposition and Prepositions often Confused. Articles: Use of Articles
– Indefinite and Definite Articles, Pronunciation of ‘The’, wordsending ‘age’, some plural forms. Introduction to
Vocabulary, All Types of Vocabulary –Exercises on it.
Teaching- Chalk and talk method, Videos, PowerPoint presentation to teach Grammar, Animation videos on
Learning communication and language skills, creating real-time stations in classroom discussions, Giving
Process activities and assignments (Connecting Campus & communitywith companies real time situations).
Module-4
Basic English Communicative Grammar and Vocabulary PART - II:
Question Tags, Question Tags for Assertive Sentences (Statements) – Some Exceptions in Question Tags and
Exercises, One Word Substitutes and Exercises. Strong and Weak forms of words, Words formation - Prefixes and
Suffixes (Vocabulary), Contractions and Abbreviations. Word Pairs (Minimal Pairs) – Exercises, Tense and Types of
tenses, The Sequence of Tenses (Rules in use of Tenses) and Exercises on it.
Chalk and talk method, PowerPoint presentation to teach Grammar and phonetics, Animation
Teaching-
videos on communication and language skills, creating real time stations in classroom discussions,
Learning
Giving activities and assignments (Connecting Campus & community with companies real time
Process
situations).
Module-5
Communication Skills for Employment:
Information Transfer: Oral Presentation - Examples and Practice. Extempore / Public Speaking, Difference
between Extempore / Public Speaking, Communication Guidelines for Practice.Mother Tongue Influence (MTI) –
South Indian Speakers, Various Techniques for Neutralization of Mother Tongue Influence – Exercises.Reading and
Listening Comprehensions – Exercises.
Chalk and talk method, Videos, PowerPoint presentation to teach Grammar and phonetics,
Teaching-
Animation videos on communication and language skills, creating real time stations in classroom
Learning
discussions, Giving activities and assignments (Connecting Campus & community with companies
Process
real time situations).

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course(21EGH18) the student will be able to :

1. Understand and apply the Fundamentals of Communication Skills in their communication skills.
2. Identify the nuances of phonetics, intonation and enhance pronunciation skills.
3. To impart basic English grammar and essentials of language skills as per present requirement.
4. Understand and useall types of English vocabulary and language proficiency.
5. AdopttheTechniques of Information Transfer through presentation.

24
JBOS 28.02.2022

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- MCQ, Quizzes, written test, Reports writing, Seminar and
activities).
The weightage for Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and that for Semester End Exam (SEE)
is 50%. The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% of the maximum marks of CIE and 40 % of
maximum marks of SEE to pass a course. The average marks of CIE and SEE put together shall not be
less than 50% of the marks of course. Based on the marks scored in CIE+SEE, grades for the course will
be included in the grade card.
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) :
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
7. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
8. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
9. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
All the tests are preferred similar to SEE pattern; however, teacher may follow test pattern
similar to other theory courses of Engineering
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
10. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
11. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs
and POs for 20 Marks (duration 01 hours)
12. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100
marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination (SEE) :

SEE paper will be set for 100 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is
MCQ. The time allotted for SEE is 120 minutes. Marks scored are scaled down to 50 Marks.
(Time duration may be made 90 minutes to train the students for engineering / non-engineering
competitive examination)
1. Communicative English has become a very important component in all engineering and non-
engineering competitive examinations. In exams like GRE, TOEFL, IELTS and GATE exam, all state
and Central Government recruitment examinations, placement tests and other Examinations, so
the pattern of question paper, in general, will be in a multiple-choice question (MCQ) Pattern. So,
to meet the relevance of the recruitment requirement of our Engineering students “Communicative
English” Semester end examination (SEE) will be conducted in a multiple choice question (MCQ)
pattern.
2. MCQ Pattern (Multiple Choice Questions) Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks
(120 minutes duration).

25
JBOS 28.02.2022

Suggested Learning Resources:

1) Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata, Oxford University Press - 2019.
2) English for Engineers by N.P.Sudharshana and C.Savitha, Cambridge University Press – 2018.
3) A Textbook of English Language Communication Skills, Infinite Learning Solutions–(Revised
Edition) 2021.
4) A Course in Technical English–D Praveen Sam, KN Shoba, Cambridge University Press – 2020.
5) Technical Communication by Gajendra Singh Chauhan and Et al, Cengage learning India Pvt
Limited [Latest Revised Edition] - 2019.
6) English Language Communication Skills – Lab Manual cum Workbook, Cengage learning
India Pvt Limited [Latest Revised Edition] – 2019.
7) Practical English Usage by Michael Swan, Oxford University Press – 2016.
8) Technical Communication – Principles and Practice, Third Edition by Meenakshi Raman and
Sangeetha Sharma, Oxford University Press 2017.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Contents related activities (Activity-based discussions)
 For active participation of students instruct the students to prepare Flowcharts and Handouts
 Organising Group wise discussions Connecting to placement activities
 Quizzes and Discussions
 Seminars and assignments

26
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

II Semester
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN - II
Course Code 21ARC21 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:7 SEE Marks(VIVA) 100
Total Hours of Pedagogy 84 Total Marks 200
Credits 07 Exam Hours -

Course objectives:
To develop the ability to generate solutions to spatial constructs, i.e., space and form which integrate
principles of design with functional requirements by emphasizingthe study of variables like light,
movement, transformation, scale, structure & skin., physical constraints and cultural context, either urban
or rural. formal and informal housing.
To develop the ability to translate abstract principles of design into architectural solutions for simple
problems.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1) The contents of the courses shall be taught in an application-oriented manner on a scientific and
design basis. The course contents shall be taught and learned in lectures, seminars, labs or
workshops, studio exercises and design projects, etc.
2) In-studio exercises the teachers shall take the lead to provide tasks and offer guidance for
solutions finding. The students shall work either individually or in groups.
3) In design studios, the students contribute to the processing, analysis and solving of problems of
direct professional practice, attended by faculty(s) entitled to conduct the studio and examine.
The results shall be defended through drawings; models and reports and evaluated through
periodic assessment and finally by a jury or panel, and finally, evaluated through periodic
assessment and an end semester examination or viva voce.
We inhabit and function in space, both the manmade and the natural i.e., “a life spent within an
enclosure”. These enclosures have functional and cultural meanings, are symbols of abstract ideas of that
period in time.
"Architecture is about giving form to the places where people live. It is not more complicated than
that but also not simpler than that.” - Alejandro Aravena

"Architecture is both an art and a practical pursuit, and the profession has always been divided
between those who emphasize the art, that is pure design, and those who give priority to the
practical." - Paul Goldberger

"Architecture is used by political leaders to seduce, to impress, and to intimidate.” - Deyan Sudjic
Module-1
To relearn the “principles of Design” and anthromopometric requirements of space planning,

Teaching-  Observe daily activities with respect to functional spaces in plan and section
Learning  Study of the relationship between human body and the built environment
Process understanding usage, spatial and thermal comfort.

Module-2

1
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Introduction to “Nature of Space”:

 Understanding the notions of PLACE: A “boundary”, a “center” and a “spirit”, PATH: A “way” and
a “goal”, DOMAIN: A conglomeration of paths and goals that forms a “whole” with its own
“identity”,
 Understanding the notions of “Enclosure, Ambiguity, and Transparency”, “Spatial Contextin
formal and informal built environment. - open, closed, transition spaces”, “cultural context –
inclusion, exclusion, spatial segregation”,
 Culture & Design: Understanding social attitudes to Built-form: extroverted/introverted,
formal/informal, typical/individual, simple/labyrinthine, contiguous/isolated etc.
Teaching-  . Mapping of one’s journey from home to studio/of the campus/of a
Learning Neighbourhood. Explore issues of movement, navigation, circulation, direction
Process and discovery. Explore issues of representation, scale, starting point,
orientation, landmarks, and imagery.

Module-3
Introduction to “Poetics of Space” :
 light, movement, transformation, scale, structure and skin,
 key tools for learning : text / language as a tool; emotion, cultural, climatic, eg.- contemplative /
severe / dramatic / minimalist / natural / organic / contemporary / traditional / etc.,

Teaching-  Observation & study

Learning  Presentationof case studies based on literature survey & field visit.
Process  Study models, Sketches and Drawings of study models - plans and sections
(suitable scale) using a mono functional space.

Module-4
Understanding the role of Physical Context - terrain, materials, structure, etc.,

Teaching-  Hands-on Design exercise – creation of a simple design in which form is distinct
Learning from structure and creation of a simple design in which form is integral with
Process structure.
 Presentationof case studies based on literature survey & field visit.
 Study models, Sketches and Drawings of study models - plans and sections
(suitable scale) using a mono functional space.

Module-5
Design process to test the learning of the semester using a multifunctional program to incorporate
“nature of space”, “poetics of space” and “physical constraints”,
 Generation of a design brief for a multifunctional program, generation of areas based on human
activity and anthropometric data,
 Selection a of suitable site,
 Idea generation, design development, & design drawings,
 Eg. - A House for self, Guest House, Farm house, Villa, Container house, Courtyard house, Tree
house,house in an informal settlement etc.

Teaching-  Presentation of case studies based on literature survey & field visit.
Learning  A comparative analysis of a formal design house and an informal (self-help) houseon
Process
analogy of space, function, modern and vernacular materials used, etc.

2
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

 Submission will include Idea generation, Study models, Sketches to achieve the
desired result, development drawings and a set of plans, sections and elevations &
model to suitable scale.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be equipped to understand the requirements of a
multifunctional programs with respect to aspects of locating the design program on site viz a vie light,
movement, etc.. The student will also be equipped to understand how to start a settlement study.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, test,
Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40 % marks in SEE to
pass. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 100 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be
awarded. The student shall secure the 50% maximum marks for the course (CIE+SEE) for passing in the
course.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz,
report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Design and Seminars if any, in the beginning
only. The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets
for the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
2. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.

The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to
VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Alain de Botton, " How Proust Can Change your life", Picador, 1997.
2. Alain de Botton, " The Architecture of Happiness", Sep. 2006, Vintage Books.
3. Alan Fletcher, " The art of looking sideways", Phaidon Press, 2001
4. Anthony Di Mari and Nora Yoo, " Operative Design: A Catalogue of Spatial Verbs", 2012, BIS
Publishers.
5. Anthony Di Mari, " Conditional Design: An Introduction to Elemental Architecture", 2014, 1st Edition,
Thames & Hudson.
6. Bruno Munari,"Design as Art", Penguin UK, 25-Sep-2008
7. Charles George Ramsey and Harold Sleeper, " Architectural Graphic Standards", 1992, Wiley
8. Christopher Alexander, "Notes on the Synthesis of Form", 1964, Harvard University Press.
9. Debkumar Chakrabarti, " Indian Anthropometric DimensionsFor Ergonomic Design Practice", 1997,
National Institute of Design.
10. François Blanciak, " Siteless: 1001 Building Forms", 2008, MIT Press
11. Frank Ching, James F. Eckler, "Introduction to Architecture", 2012, John Wiley & Sons, US

3
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

12. Frank D.K. Ching, " Architecture: Form, Space, and Order", 4th Edition, Sep. 2014, John Wiley & Sons
13. Herman Hertzberger, "Lessons for Students in Architecture", 2005, 010 Publishers
14. Italo Calvino, " Invisible Cities", Harcourt Brace Jovanovich (May 3, 1978)
15. John Berger, " Way of Seeing", 1972, Penguin, UK
16. John Hancock Callender, " Time-Saver Standards for Architectural Design Data", 1982, McGraw-Hill
17. Michael Pause and Roger H. Clark, " Precedents in Architecture: Analytic Diagrams, Formative Ideas,
and Partis", Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1985
18. Paul Jacques Grillo, " Form, Function and Design", 1975 , Dover Publications, New York
19. Paul Jacques Grillo, " What is Design ?", 1960, P. Theobald
20. Paul Lewis,Marc Tsurumaki, David J. Lewis, "Manual of Section", Princeton Architectural Press, 2016
21. Peter H. Reynolds, " The Dot", 2013, Candlewick Press
22. Philip Jodidio, "Tree houses. Fairy tale castles in the air", 2012, Taschen
23. Robert W. Gill, "Rendering with Pen and Ink", Van Nostrand Reinhold (1 June 1984)
24. Tom Alphin, "The LEGO Architect", 2015, No Starch Press

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Seminar by students on their field trips to dwellings in formal and vernacular settlements.

4
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

II Semester
Materials and Methods in Building Construction-II
Course Code 21ARC22 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:3 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 48 Total Marks 100
Credits 4 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
 To understand Roofing systems using Timber, Steel Truss and Concrete. Cement, Steel and
Reinforced Concrete.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. Studio works by students, lecture by faculty on materials using teaching aids
2. Visits to construction yard/site to understand materials and methods of construction.
3. Seminar by students on their learning.
Module-1
1) Timber Roof – Lean to roof, Collared Roof, King post roof, Queen Post Roof; details of joinery.
2) Steel Roof – Types of Steel Truss Roofs and method of construction.

Teaching- 1. Studio work on different types and shapes of trusses used in timber and Steel.
Learning 2. Details of sections and sizes ofprinciple rafters, struts, perlins, etc., used in steel
Process and timber trusses for different spans.
3. Site visit, documentation, studio presentation by students on their learning.
Module-2
3) Cement: Types, applications, Tests - laboratory and field.
4) Steel: Properties and uses of reinforced steel.
5) Concrete: Ingredients, grades, admixtures, properties, production, mix, proportioning and placing of
concrete.
Teaching- 1. Understanding how cement, steel and concrete are tested in field and in
Learning laboratory.
Process 2. Exploring the properties, uses and application of cement, steel and concrete in a
typical building and in special applications.
3. Field visit to understand different materials used in concrete and quality
parameters of concrete before and after concrete casting.
Module-3
6) Reinforced Cement Concrete: Form work, placing, and compaction, curing of concrete, sampling and
testing of concrete. Construction joints, expansion joints, finish in concrete, chemical admixtures.
Advantages and disadvantages with respect to thermal properties and impact on life cycle of a building.
7) RCC Foundations (Isolated footing) and Columns (Square and Round). Raft foundations, Grillage
foundations and combined footing.
Teaching- 1. Basics of form work with conventional and modern materials used in all R C C
Learning works.
Process 2. Understanding different grades of Concrete in R C C (M-15, M-20, M- 25)
3. PPT/videos /field visits on different types of foundation.
Module-4
8) Staircase: Anthropometry of stairs, types of Staircases.
9) Timber Stairs: Single and Double Stringer stairs: construction methods and joinery.
10) RCC Stairs: Waist slab, folded plate, stringer beam stairs, precast stairs: construction methods and

5
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

joinery.
Teaching- 1. Studio work on different types and shapes of staircases built in Timber, Steel and
Learning Concrete.
Process 2. Analysing details in joinery and techniques of construction of staircase

Module-5
11) Steel Stairs: Stringer stairs, Folded Type, Spiral stairs, Fire escape stairs: construction methods and
joinery.
12) Composite Stairs: Brick/stone, Steel/Timber, Concrete/wood, steel/ glass: construction methods
and joinery.
Teaching- 1. Understanding the purpose and uses of steel and composite staircases.
Learning 2. Analysing construction methods and joinery details.
Process 3. PPT/videos presentation on different types of steel and composite stairs.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course, the students would be able to:
1. Appreciate the procedure involved and various materials that can be used in construction of
roofs, foundations and staircases with greater understanding of details involved in joinery.
2. Compare various materials and their inherent properties
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- Submission of construction drawing sheets, Journal of
materials, Multiple Choice Question, Quizzes, Open book test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40% marks in SEE to pass. The
average score of CIE + SEE shall be not less than 50% maximum marks of the course. Semester End Exam
(SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Methods suggested: Submission of Construction sheets, Journal of Materials, Test, Written Quiz,
Seminar, report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topics for the test, Written Quiz, and Seminar. In the beginning,
only the teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for
Term work examination, atleast one day prior to Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
2. The work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course
teacher or an internal examiner.
3. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to
VTU in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1) Francis K Ching ‘Building construction’, Wiley; 5 edition (February 17, 2014)
2) R. Barry, “Construction of Buildings” Vol 1., 1999 by Wiley-Blackwell
3) Roy Chudley, "Construction Technology”, 3rd Edition, Longman, 1999
4) W.B. Mckay, "Building Construction”, Donhead, 2005
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

6
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

 . https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.civilengineeringforum.me/structural-design-procedure/
 https://civiljungle.com/
 http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-resources/#204-heat-transfer
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e7DXW4DNJJo
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dWSmgwPuyE4
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rY2kHbUxZbs
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Visit to construction site for observation of materials used and methods adopted in building
construction.
 Study of vernacular materials used in different climatic zones and their thermal properties.
 Visit to material testing labs to understand various properties of building materials, and observe the
testing methods.
 Discuss with the faculty/experts on life cycle and environmental impact of construction materials

7
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

II Semester
Architectural Graphics-II
Course Code 21ARC23 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:4 SEE Marks(Term Work) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 48 Total Marks` 100
Credits 4 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
To develop visual communication and representation skills and methods of presentation of spatial design
through 3D drawing techniques.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
1. The students need to do the assignments in the studios.
1. Use of Video animation for easy understanding of various drawings
Module-1
1. 3D-Projections: exercises in 3D representation of exploded isometric and axonometric views of
objects, furniture and built forms.

2. Development of surfaces for architectural roof forms, built enclosures and envelopes such as
tents, upholstery and exercises of application to develop the paper and cardboard models.

Teaching- 1. The students need to do the discussions on assignments in the studios.

Learning 2. Explore videos in various websites using animation of geometrical drawings.
Process 3. A consolidated portfolio containing exercises related to each of the above topics are to
be submitted for term work examination.
Module-2
3. Section of geometrical solids and construction of true shapes.

4. Interpenetration of geometric solids, combination of different forms in architectural

compositions.
Ex: Projecting towers of vertical circulation on building facades, chimney over sloping roofs and
projecting canopies and balconies on facades and dormer windows.
Teaching- 1. The students need to do the discussions on assignments in the studios.
Learning 2. Explore videos in various websites using animation of geometrical drawings.
Process 3. A consolidated portfolio containing exercises related to each of the above topics are
to be submitted for term work examination.

Module-3
5. Introduction to perspective drawing: Its importance in architectural drawings, principles of
perspective drawing, visual perceptions and its limitations. Exercises of observation, recording
and representing the visual effects of depth, diminution and vanishing of built forms and
understanding the methods of perspective projection.

6. Studies in perspective drawing: Understanding the importance and purpose of picture plane,
station point, vanishing point, ground level, eye level, cone of vision and central line of vision -
their variations and resultant effects.

Teaching- 1. The students need to do the discussions on assignments in the studios.

Learning 2. Explore videos in various websites using animation of geometrical drawings.
Process A consolidated portfolio containing exercises related to each of the above topics are to be

8
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

submitted for term work examination.

Module-4
7. One - point perspective drawings: Exercises of perspective drawings of simple built forms,
interior views of a room with furniture. Exercise of perspective by changing the variables, their
positions of PP, CV, SP and eye level etc.

8. Two-point perspective drawings: exercises of perspective drawings of simple built forms,

architectural elements. Interior views of a room with furniture. Exercises of perspective by
changing the variables, their positions of PP, CV, SP and eye-level etc.

Teaching- 1. The students need to do the discussions on assignments in the studios.

Learning 2. Explore videos in various websites using animation of geometrical drawings.
Process A consolidated portfolio containing exercises related to each of the above topics are to be
submitted for term work examination.
Module-5
9. Free-hand perspective drawings of architectural elements, built forms. Exercises of rendering
techniques showing light, shade and shadow on built forms. Rendering of plants, trees, water,
landscape, human figures, vehicles, furniture and buildings with suitable elements of foreground
and background.

10. Introduction to Sciography: Principles of shade and shadow constructions for geometrical solids,
architectural elements and built forms. Construction of shadows on floor plans, elevations,
sectional elevations and roof-top views.
Teaching- 1. The students need to do the discussions on assignments in the studios.
Learning 2. Explore videos in various websites using animation of geometrical drawings.
Process A consolidated portfolio containing exercises related to each of the above topics are to be
submitted for term work examination.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course, the students will be equipped with a skills to use 3D techniques in architectural
presentations. They would also attain skills to make architectural presentation using rendering and
sciographic techniques.

9
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- Submission of construction drawing sheets, Journal of
materials, Multiple Choice Question, Quizzes, Open book test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40% marks in SEE to pass. The
average score of CIE + SEE shall be not less than 50% maximum marks of the course. Semester End Exam
(SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (Term work). Based on this grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
3. Methods suggested: Submission of drawings done in studio, assignment sheets, etc., to be evaluated on
weekly basis.
4. The class teacher has to decide the topics for the test. In the beginning only the teacher has to announce
the methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
4. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for
Term work examination, atleast one day prior to Term work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
5. The work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course
teacher or an internal examiner.
6. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to
VTU in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1) Francis D.K.Ching, "Architectural Graphics", Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., 1985
2) I.H.Morris, " Geometrical Drawing for Art Students", Longmans (1902)
3) Robert.W.Gill, "Rendering with pen and ink".
4) Shankar Malik, " Perspective & Sciography", 1994, Allied Publisher

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 ` https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Encourage students to work on Computer aided Graphics.


10
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

II Semester
History of Architecture-II
Course Code 21ARC24 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 36 Total Marks 100
Credits 3 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
To study the evolution of Greek, Roman, Byzantine, Medieval and Gothic Architecture through critical
analysis of appropriate examples.
To facilitate the study of contextual architecturein the bygone era.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
Module-1
1. Classical Greek Architecture 1: Critical appreciation of works and synoptic study of architectural
characteristic features from the Greek early periods.
2. Classical Greek Architecture 2: Critical appreciation of works and synoptic study of architectural
characteristic features from the Greek later periods, Doric, ionic and Corinthian orders and optical
correction.
3. Greek architecture Typologies: Study of principles of design of Greek buildings through study of
three kinds of Architecture: a) Monumental (Built to impress and Last) ex. Parthenon, Theatre at
Epidauros. b) Domestic (Built to inhabit): House of Colline, House of Masks, etc. and c) Civic space: The
Agora and Acropolis.
Teaching- 1. Theory classes to evaluate the development through different periods.
Learning 2. Highlight the relationship of Greek architecture with climatic conditions prevalent
Process during the time/region, and the techniques used to integrating passive design in these
buildings.
3. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.

Module-2
4. Introduction to Roman Architecture: Critical appreciation of works and synoptic study of
architectural characteristic features from the Roman periods. Study of Tuscan and composite orders.
5. Roman architecture Typologies 1: Study of principles of design of Roman buildings through study of
proportion, composition, visual effects etc. in Monumental (Built to impress and last) Pantheon,
Colosseum, Thermae of Caracalla, Pont du Gard, Nimes, Basilica of Trajan.

Teaching- 1. Theory classes to evaluate the development through different periods.

Learning 2. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.
Process
Module-3

6. Roman architecture Typologies 2: Study of principles of design of Roman buildings through study of
Domestic (Built to inhabit)-House, villa and apartments.
7. Roman architecture Typologies 3: Study of principles of design of Roman buildings through study of
Civic space with elements like triumphal arch, Column of Trajan(Septimius Severus), Roman Forum.
8. Early Christian: Evolution of architecture parallel to the evolution of religious practices. Study of
principles of design of buildings through study of three kinds of Architecture: a) Monumental b)
Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space.

11
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Teaching- 1. Theory classes to evaluate the development through different periods.

Learning 2. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.
Process
Module-4
9. Byzantine: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of its Architecture: a)
Monumental; Hagia Sophia b) Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space-St.Marks Venice.
10. Medieval: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of its Architecture: a)
Monumental; Pisa Cathedral, the Campanile and Baptistery, Angouleme Cathedral b) Domestic (Built to
inhabit) and c) Civic space; Pisa.

Teaching- 1. Theory classes to evaluate the development through different periods.

Learning 2. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.
Process
Module-5
11. Gothic: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of its Architecture:
a) Monumental; Notre Dame, Paris. b) Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space;
12. Gothic: Study of Gothic Architecture, typical characteristics including the pointed arch, the ribbed
vault and the flying buttress, aesthetic elements with examples like Chartres Cathedral: French High
Gothic style

Teaching- 1. Theory classes to evaluate the development through different periods.

Learning 2. Highlight the relationship of Gothic architecture with climatic conditions, structural
Process possibilities prevalent during the era, and the techniques used to integrate the design in
these buildings.
3. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to develop appropriate skills of reading, writing and
understanding the physical and aesthetic experience of buildings.

12
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks (50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures not less than 40% ( 20 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end
examination(SEE), and a minimum of 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous
Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per
the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Bannister Fletcher , "History of Architecture", CBS Publishers, 1992
2. Henri Stierlin, "Architecture of the world - Greece", Herron Books 1994
3. Henri Stierlin, "Architecture of the world - The Roman Empire", Taschen Pub., 1997 .
4. Henri Stierlin , "Architecture of the world - Romanesque", Taschen Pub., 2008.
5. James Stevens Curl," Classical Architecture", W. W. Norton & Company; Reissue edition, 2003.
Robert Adam, " Classical Architecture", Harry N. Abrams; 1st edition, 1991

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

.
4. https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

13
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Making sketches of various buildings in sketch book
 Seminar by students on selected topics in group or individually.
 Group discussion on a topic.

14
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

II Semester
BASIC DESIGN AND THEORY OF DESIGN
Course Code 21ARC15 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:S: P) 05 SEE Marks(viva) 50
Exam Hours Internals Total Marks 100
Credits 05
Course objectives:
.OBJECTIVE: To encourage Visual creative thinking and critical orientation to design thinking and action.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Stress-free exercises which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the
various course outcomes.
1. Show Video/Power point presentation to explain concepts
2. Encourage hands on practical experimentation of different ways of composition.
3. Creative Visual thinking exercise by using Elements and Principles of design.
4. Adopt multidisciplinary collaboration to understand the fundaments of all art forms.
5. Concepts will be introduced in multiple representations to abstraction.
6. Show different ways of dealing with same exercise by exposing them to various mediums.
7. Expose students to different exhibitions and performing art .

Study to develop hand & cognitive skill.

Module-1MODULE-1:

Definition of Art and role of Art in Society: Role and meaning of art, various types of arts-fine arts,
performing arts, commercial arts, industrial arts, folk arts, abstract art, visual arts, spatial arts, temporal
arts, pop art etc., relationship of architecture with other arts like Painting and Sculpture.

Study Tools- Any three in all the above art forms can be explored by students under the following
heads:
 Observation & Study to develop hand & cognitive skill.
 Colours, Pattern & textures, and function
 Additive and Subtractive of Forms
 Freehand sketching
 Exercises of rendering techniques

Introduction to Different forms of Art

 What is art and its role in society?
 Which are the different forms of art?
 What is a work of art and how it’s related to other forms of art?

Teaching-  Documentation any one art form from India

Learning  To observe and understand different elements and principled involved in making
Process that art form.
 Observing and documenting various skill set needed to execute that art form or the
craftsmanship required to make that work of art.
 Understand the creative process and use the understanding in a composition.

Module-2

15
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

1. Principles of Aesthetics and Architectural Composition

2. Contrast, harmony, accentuation, restraint in Architectural composition. Illustrations and its
application to the practice of design in historical as well as contemporary building.
3. Repose, vitality, strength in Architectural composition.
4. Principles of Aesthetics and Architectural Composition
 Intangible to tangible analysis by taking our classical music composition to 3d
Teaching- composition using the grammar of music which are present in Principles of art
Learning and design.
Process  Understanding the commonalities between the performing art ,Visual art and
their compositions.
 To learn basic design principles such as balance, symmetry, rhythm, repetition,
hierarchy, unity, proportion, emphasis, contrast
Module-3
Spatial organizations of Masses in Architecture
1: linear, radial, grid organization. Illustrations of linear, radial, grid organization in spatial organizations
of masses in Architecture and its application to the practice of design with both historical as well as
contemporary buildings.
Study Tools-
Process of Representation of natural pattern to abstraction using pure geometrical/dimensional form
using various visual media. Eg. Charcoal/ pencil/crayons/oils etc.
Use of 2D & 3D hands on working models to synthesize and create form to appreciate the difference
between architecture and spatial organizations.
 Understanding the difference and similarity while design of a non-enclosed space,
Teaching- a semi-enclosed space, an enclosed space.
Learning  Analysis of spaces using – Form, colour, texture, light, ventilation, space and scale
Process along with circulation.
 Submission will include Idea generation, Study models, Sketches and drawings to
achieve the desired results.
 Drawings of the human body in various postures with required measurements
 Study Tools- Any three can be explored

 : Observation & Study to develop hand & cognitive skill.
 : Colours, Pattern & textures, and function
 : Additive and Subtractive of Forms
 : Freehand sketching
 : Exercises of rendering techniques
Module-4
Introduction to Abstraction:
2. Ornamentation in Architecture: Historical perspective of the use of ornament in buildings and
use of ornament as a decoration to embellish parts of a building. Use and need of ornament in
architectural design – different types of ornamentation in buildings.
3. Ornamentation in Architecture Criticism–Argument against ornamentation. Ideas of architect
Adolf Loos (Ornament and Crime); Ornaments as economically inefficient and morally
degenerate, reduction of ornament or lack of decoration as the sign of an advanced society.
Study Tools- Structural/Material translation from concept and architectural form.
Teaching-  Exercises to introduce 2D concepts to 3D forms without functional constraints and
Learning Human scale.
Process  Declaring the conceptual theme of any composition at the beginning, before the
exploring the volume using Horizontal and vertical elements or planes.
 Study of patterns and use the pattern, both physical and material patterns as well

16
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

as patterns of transformation and Integration. Appreciation of the difference

between architecture and the chosen pattern.
Module-5
Style in art & Architecture: Basis for classification of styles including chronology of styles
arrangement according to order that changes over time.
Evolution of styles; reflecting the emergence of new ideas as reaction to earlier styles as a result
of changing of fashions, beliefs, technology etc. Popular and modern art, Art trends, periods and
Isms.
Study Tools-
 : Material Study
 : Experience of architecture in basic psychological and physiological terms
Teaching-  Understanding the difference and similarities while the design of a non-enclosed
Learning space, a semi-enclosed space, an enclosed space.
Process  Submission will include Idea generation, Study models, Sketches, and drawings to
achieve the desired results.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Differentiate between Art and craft and how these are related to Architecture
 Study to develop hand & cognitive skill.

Note  Discussions, presentations, Study models, case studies & Activities will be part of
the studio work.
 The portfolio covering all the progressive and final works shall be presented for
Viva.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40% marks in SEE to
pass. Viva Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks. Based on this grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
3. Methods suggested: Presentation, Progressive Portfolio submissions & Discussions etc.
4. In the beginning only, the teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
3. Viva SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with External examiners.
4. Assessment will be based on Portfolio works submission, communication skills, understanding of
the subject, Creative ability and overall Presentation.
Suggested Learning Resources:
REFERENCES:
1. Form, Space and Order” by Francis DK Ching
2. Design Fundamentals in Architecture” by Parmar VS
3. Theory of Architecture by Paul Alan Johnson
4. Creating Architectural Theory by John Lang

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

17
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Documenting/ sketches of various arts & crafts in the region
 Seminar by students on selected topics in group or individually.
 Group discussion on a topic.

18
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

II Semester
Building Structure -I
Course Code 21ENG26 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 3 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
Introduction to principles of mechanics, structural material & different force system & on structural
properties.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teachers can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
Module-1
Different construction materials with emphasis on structural properties viz. steel , concrete, wood, glass,
aluminium. Different types of loads, the structure is being subjected to as per IS 875 Part I & II.

Teaching- 1. Theory classes to evaluate the structural properties of materials.

Learning 2. Specifications and applications as per IS Codes.
Process 3. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.
Module-2
Mechanics - Classification of mechanics, force, characteristics of force, classification of force system,
Resultant of force, Composition of force, Axioms in mechanics, Principles of transmissibility, Moment of
force, Resultant of coplanar concurrent force system, and Free body diagrams.
Teaching- 1. Theory classes to evaluate the Basics of Mechanics.
Learning 2. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.
Process
Module-3
Resultant of coplanar noncurrent force system, couple & characteristics of couple, different types of
loads, different types of beams, statically determinate & statically indeterminate, different types of
supports, problems on support reactions, Equilibrium of Co-planar Concurrent and Non-Concurrent
forces.
Note: In the numerical pertaining to support reactions, loading on the beam shall be restricted to only
point load & uniformly distributed load].

Teaching- 1. Theory classes to evaluate the forces of structural systems in Buildings.

Learning 2. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.
Process
Module-4
Center of gravity, centroid, to locate the centroid of composite section from the 1st principles. Moment of
inertia, radius of gyration, parallel axis theorem, perpendicular axis theorem. Numericals on
determination of moment of inertia of composite section about any defined axis.

Teaching- 1. Theory classes to evaluate the moments Building System.

Learning 2. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.
Process
Module-5
Truss - Triangulation concept, different types of trusses, assumption made in the analysis of truss.
Analysis of the truss by the "Method of Joints" (Simple problems) to calculate the dead weight of the
truss from given data.

19
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Teaching- 1. Theory classes to evaluate the forces of structural systems in a typical truss.
Learning 2. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the students will have the ability to understand the mechanics of forces acting
on rigid bodies and the structural properties.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks (50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures not less than 40% ( 20 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end
examination(SEE), and a minimum of 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous
Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
7. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
8. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
9. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
10. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
11. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20
Marks (duration 01 hours)
12. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the
methods of the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per
the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the subject (duration 03 hours)
3. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
4. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1) R.K.Bansal, " A Textbook of Engineering Mechanics", Laxmi Publications, 2008
2) S.S. Bhavikatti, " Engineering Mechanics", New Age International, 1994.
3) S. Ramamrutham, “Engineering Mechanics ", Dhanpat Rai Publishing, New Delhi, 2016.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CcHPzDPYkho
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hn_iozUo9m4
4. https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCXAS_Ekkq0iFJ9dSUIkcAkw

20
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Visit to Construction yard/site to understand uses of building materials in a structure.
 Hands on experience in testing of various building materials
 Visit to large span truss buildings to understand the details of a truss.
 Watching animated videos on structural systems

II Semester
Site Surveying and Analysis
Course Code 21ENG27 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks(Term Work) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 100
Credits 2 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
To develop the knowledge and skills related to surveying and levelling principles and practice and carrying
out surveys of land of medium complexity and preparation of survey plans.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.

Module-1
1) Introduction to Surveying – Definition, classification, principles of surveying, character of work,
shrunk scale.
2) Introduction to Chain Surveying Instruments – Chain and its types, Ranging Rod, Tapes, pegs.

Teaching- 1. Practical classes to evaluate the principles of surveying.

Learning 2. Documenting of learning through sketches, notes, assignments.
Process
Module-2
3) Chain Surveying 1 – Ranging and Types of Ranging.
4) Chain Surveying 2 – Setting out angles, erecting perpendicular, Obstacles in chain surveying,
calculation of area by offsets.
Plane Table Surveying – Accessories used advantages and disadvantages, Methods of plane table
surveying (radiation and intersection).

Teaching- 1. Practicals to demonstrate the using of survey equipments and methods of surveying.
Learning 2. Students to document learning through exercises, notes, assignments.
Process
Module-3
5) Levelling – Definition, Classification, booking and reduction of levels (HI Method, Rise and Fall
Method).
6) Levelling – Profile levelling – Calculation of depth of cutting and filling

Teaching- 1. Practicals to demonstrate the using of survey equipments and methods of surveying.
Learning 2. Students to document learning through exercises, notes, assignments.
Process

21
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Module-4
7) Contouring: Characteristics of contours, direct and indirect methods of contours, interpolation and
uses of contours.
8) Introduction to Contemporary Survey Instruments – Theodolite, Total Station, GPS
Theodolite – Basic Concepts, Measuring horizontal and vertical angles
Total Station – Accessories used, uses of total station and applications, Introduction to GPS

Teaching- 1. Practicals to demonstrate the using of survey equipments and methods of surveying.
Learning 2. Students to document learning through exercises, notes, assignments.
Process
Module-5
9) Observation and Analysis of a Site – Survey without instruments using geometry and
anthropometric measures. To learn a terrain on site factors like topography, hydrology, soils, landforms,
vegetation, climate and micro climate and influence of water bodies.
10) Studying Survey Drawing – Learning to read a land survey drawing, types of land survey drawing,
scale and north, legends and symbols.
Teaching- 1. Students to document field learning through notes, sketches,and assignments.
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the students will have ability to understand measure and analyze the
topographical characteristics of a given site for its effective use in site planning.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks (50 marks). A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/
course if the student secures not less than 40% ( 20 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end
examination(SEE), and a minimum of 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous
Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

1. Methods suggested: Submission of drawings done in field survey, assignment sheets, journal writing, etc.,
to be evaluated on weekly basis.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topics for the test. In the beginning only the teacher has to announce the
methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for Term
work examination, atleast one day prior to Term work examination to the course teacher/coordinator.
2. The work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course teacher
or an internal examiner.
3. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to VTU
in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

22
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1) B C Punmia, " Surveying Volume I", Firewall Media, 2005
2) K R Arora,"Surveying " Standard Book House,7th edition.
3) R. Subramanian, " Fundamentals of Surveying and Levelling", Oxford Uni. Press., 2014.
4) S K Duggal," Surveying", Vol 1, 14th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2013.
5) TP Kanetkar, SV Kulkarni, "Surveying and Levelling(Part-1)", PuneVidyarthi Griha Prakashan,
2014.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
2. https://www.faro.com/en/Industries/Architecture-Engineering-and-Construction
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Use of modern tools and technology in surveying to be encouraged.

II Semester
Professional Writing Skills in English
Course Code 21EGH28 CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:1:1 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 03 Hours/Week Total Marks 100
Credits 02 Exam Hours 2 hour
Course objectives:
The course (21EGH28) will enable the students ,
 To Identify the Common Errors in Writing and Speaking of English.
 To Achieve better Technical writing and Presentation skillsfor employment.
 To read Technical proposals properly and make them to Write good technical reports.
 Acquire Employment and Workplace communication skills.
 To learn about Tequniqes of Information Transfer through presentation in different level.
Language Lab : To augment LSRW, grammar and Vocabulary skills (Listening, Speaking, Reading,
Writing and Grammar, Vocabulary) through tests, activities, exercises etc., comprehensive web-based learning and
assessment systems can be referred as per the AICTE /VTU guidelines.

23
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 Teachers shall adopt suitable pedagogy for effective teaching - learning process. The pedagogy shall
involve the combination of different methodologies which suit modern technological tools and software’s
to meet the present requirements of the Global employment market.
(i) Direct instructional method ( Low /Old Technology),
(ii) Flipped classrooms ( High/advanced Technological tools),
(iii) Blended learning ( combination of both),
(iv) Enquiry and evaluation based learning,
(v) Personalized learning,
(vi) Problems based learning through discussion,
(vii) Following the method of expeditionary learning Tools and techniques,
(viii) Use of audio visual methods through language Labs in teaching of of LSRW skills.
 Apart from conventional lecture methods, various types of innovative teaching techniques through videos,
animation films may be adapted so that the delivered lesson can progress the students In theoretical
applied and practical skills in teaching of communicative skills in general.

Module-1

Identifying Common Errors in Writing and Speaking English :

 Advanced English Grammar for Professionals with exercises, Common errors identification in parts of
speech, Use of verbs and phrasal verbs, Auxiliary verbs and their forms,Subject Verb Agreement (Concord
Rules with Exercises).
 Common errors in Subject-verb agreement, Noun-pronoun agreement, Sequence of Tenses and errors
identification in Tenses.Advanced English Vocabulary and its types with exercises – Verbal Analogies,
Words Confused/Misused.

Teaching- Chalk and talk method, PowerPoint presentation to teach Communication skills (LSRW Skills),
Learning Creating real time stations in classroom discussions, Giving activities and assignments (Connecting
Process Campus & community with companies real time situations).

Module-2
Nature and Style of sensible writing :
 Organizing Principles of Paragraphs in Documents, Writing Introduction and Conclusion, Importance of
Proper Punctuation, The Art of Condensation (Precise writing) and Techniques in Essay writing, Common
Errors due to Indianism in English Communication, Creating Coherence and Cohesion, Sentence
arrangements exercises, Practice of Sentence Corrections activities.Importance of Summarising and
Paraphrasing.
 Misplaced modifiers, Contractions, Collocations, Word Order, Errors due to the Confusion of words,
Common errors in the use of Idioms and phrases, Gender, Singular & Plural. Redundancies & Clichés.
Teaching- Chalk and talk method, PowerPoint presentation and Animation videos to teach phonetics in
Learning Practical method, creating real time stations in classroom discussions, Giving activities and
Process assignments (Connecting Campus & community with companies real time situations).
Module-3

24
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Technical Reading and Writing Practices :

 Reading Process and Reading Strategies, Introduction to Technical writing process,
Understanding of writing process, Effective Technical Reading and Writing Practices, Introduction to
Technical Reports writing, Significance of Reports, Types of Reports.
 Introduction to Technical Proposals Writing, Types of Technical Proposals, Characteristics of Technical
Proposals. Scientific Writing Process.
 Grammar – Voice and Speech (Active and Passive Voices) and Reported Speech, Spotting Error Exercises,
Sentence Improvement Exercises, Cloze Test and Theme Detection Exercises.
Teaching- Chalk and talk method, PowerPoint presentation to teach Grammar, Animation videos on
Learning communication and language skills, creating real time stations in classroom discussions, Giving
Process activities and assignments (Connecting Campus & community with companies real time situations).
Module-4
Professional Communication for Employment :
 The Listening Comprehension, Importance of Listening Comprehension, Types of Listening, Understanding
and Interpreting, Listening Barriers, Improving Listening Skills. Attributes of a good and poor listener.
 Reading Skills and Reading Comprehension, Active and Passive Reading, Tips for effective reading.
 Preparing for Job Application, Components of a Formal Letter, Formats and Types of official, employment,
Business Letters, Resume vs Bio Data, Profile, CV and others, Types of resume, Writing effective resume
for employment, Model Letter of Application (Cover Letter) with Resume, Emails, Blog Writing, Memos
(Types of Memos) and other recent communication types.
Chalk and talk method, PowerPoint presentation to teach Grammar and phonetics, Animation
Teaching-
videos on communication and language skills, creating real time stations in classroom discussions,
Learning
Giving activities and assignments (Connecting Campus & community with companies real time
Process
situations).
Module-5
Professional Communication at Workplace:
 Group Discussions – Importance, Characteristics, Strategies of a Group Discussions. Group
Discussions is a Tool for Selection. Employment/ Job Interviews - Importance, Characteristics,
Strategies of aEmployment/ Job Interviews. Intra and Interpersonal Communication Skills -
Importance, Characteristics, Strategies of aIntra and Interpersonal Communication Skills. Non-
Verbal Communication Skills (Body Language) and its importance in GD and PI/JI/EI.
 Presentation skills and Formal Presentations by Students - Importance, Characteristics,
Strategies of Presentation Skills. Dialogues in Various Situations (Activity based Practical
Sessions in class by Students).
Chalk and talk method, PowerPoint presentation to teach Grammar and phonetics, Animation
Teaching-
videos on communication and language skills, creating real time stations in classroom discussions,
Learning
Giving activities and assignments (Connecting Campus & community with companies real time
Process
situations).
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course(21EGH28) the student will be able :
1. To understand andidentify the Common Errors in Writing and Speaking.
2. To Achieve better Technical writing and Presentation skills.
3. To read Technical proposals properly and make them to Write good technical reports.
4. Acquire Employment and Workplace communication skills.
5. To learn about Techniques of Information Transfer through presentation in different level.

25
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

Continuous internal evaluation (CIE) needs to be conducted for 50 marks like Engineering courses. The
weight age of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
student has to obtain a minimum of 50% of maximum marks in CIE and 40% of maximum marks in SEE
to pass. MCQ Pattern (Multiple Choice Questions) Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks
(120 minutes duration). Based on this grading will be awarded. The student has to secure 50% marks of
the course (CIE+SEE).
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) :
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
All the tests are preferred similar to SEE pattern; however, the teacher may follow test pattern
similar to other theory courses of Engineering
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
1. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
2. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
3. Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain
the COs and POs for 20 Marks(duration 01 hours)
4. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100
marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination (SEE) :

SEE paper will be set for 100 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is
MCQ. The time allotted for SEE is 120 minutes. Marks scored are scaled down to 50 Marks.
(Time duration may be made 90 minutes to train the students for engineering / non-engineering
competitive examination)
1. Professional Writing Skills in English has become a very important component in allengineering
and non-engineering competitive examinations. In exams like GRE, TOEFL, IELTS and GATE exam,
all state and Central Government recruitment examinations, placement tests and other
Examinations, so the pattern of question paper, in general, will be in multiple-choice question
(MCQ) Pattern. So, to meet the relevance of the recruitment requirement of our Engineering
students “Professional writing skill in English” Semester end examination (SEE) will be conducted
in a multiple choice question (MCQ) pattern.
2. MCQ Pattern (Multiple Choice Questions) Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks
(120 minutes duration).

26
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Suggested Learning Resources:

1. A Course in Technical English, Cambridge University Press – 2020.
2. Functional English (As per AICTE 2018 Model Curriculam) Cengage learning India Pvt Limited [Latest
Revised Edition] - 2020.
3. Communication Skills by Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata, Oxford University Press - 2018. Refer it’s
workbook for activities and exercises –“Communication Skills – I (A Workbook)” published by Oxford University Press
– 2018.
4. Professional Writing Skills in English, Infinite Learning Solutions – (Revised Edition) 2021.
5. Technical Communication – Principles and Practice, Third Edition by Meenakshi Raman and Sangeetha
Sharma, Oxford University Press 2017.
6. High School English Grammar & Composition by Wren and Martin, S Chandh & Company Ltd – 2015.
7. Effective Technical Communication – Second Edition by M Ashraf Rizvi, McGraw Hill Education (India)
Private Limited – 2018.
8. Intermediate Grammar, Usage and Composition by M.L.Tichoo, A.L.Subramanian, P.R.Subramanian,
Orient Black Swan – 2016.

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Contents related activities (Activity-based discussions)
 For active participation of students instruct the students to prepare Flowcharts and Handouts
 Organising Group wise discussions Connecting to placement activities
 Quizzes and Discussions, Seminars and assignments

27
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

II Semester
Scientific Foundations of Health
Course Code 21SFH19/29 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 02 Hours/Week Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 60 Minutes / 01 Hour
Course objectives:
The course 21SFH29 will enable the students:
 To know about Health and wellness (and its Beliefs)
 To acquire Good Health & It’s balance for positive mind-set
 To Build the healthy lifestyles for good health for their better future
 To Create of Healthy and caring relationships to meet the requirements of MNC and LPG world
 To learn about Avoiding risks and harmful habits in their campus and outside the campus for
their bright future
 To Prevent and fight against harmful diseases for good health through positive mindset
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes.
 Teachers shall adopt suitable pedagogy for effective teaching - learning process. The pedagogy
shall involve the combination of different methodologies which suit modern technological tools
and software’s to meet the present requirements of the Global employment market.
(i) Direct instructional method ( Low /Old Technology),
(ii) Flipped classrooms ( High/advanced Technological tools),
(iii) Blended learning ( combination of both),
(iv) Enquiry and evaluation based learning,
(v) Personalized learning,
(vi) Problems based learning through discussion,
(vii) Following the method of expeditionary learning Tools and techniques,
 Apart from conventional lecture methods, various types of innovative teaching techniques
through videos, animation films may be adapted so that the delivered lesson can progress the
students In theoretical applied and practical skills in teaching of the concepts of Health and
Wellness in general.

Module-1
Good Health and It’s balance for positive mindset:
What is Health, Why Health is very important Now? – What influences your Health?, Health and
Behaviour, Health beliefs and advertisements, Advantages of good health (Short term and long
term benefits), Health and Society, Health and family, Health and Personality - Profession.
Health and behaviour, Disparities of health in different vulnerable groups. Health and
psychology, Methods to improve good psychological health. Psychological disorders (Stress and
Health - Stress management), how to maintain good health, Mindfulness for Spiritual and
Intellectual health, Changing health habits for good health. Health and personality.
Chalk and talk method, Power Point presentation and YouTube videos, Animation
Teaching-
videos methods. creating real time stations in classroom discussions. Giving
Learning Process
activities &assignments.
Module-2

28
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Building of healthy lifestyles for better future:

Developing a healthy diet for good health, Food and health, Nutritional guidelines for good
health and well beingness, Obesity and overweight disorders and its management, Eating
disorders - proper exercises for its maintenance (Physical activities for health), Fitness
components for health, Wellness and physical function,
Chalk and talk method, PowerPoint presentation and YouTube videos, Animation
Teaching-
videos methods. creating real time stations in classroom discussions. Giving
Learning Process
activities &assignments.
Module-3
Creation of Healthy and caring relationships :
Building communication skills (Listening and speaking), Friends and friendship - education, the
value of relationships and communication, Relationships for Better or worsening of life,
understanding of basic instincts of life (more than a biology), Changing health behaviours
through social engineering,
Chalk and talk method, PowerPoint presentation and Animation videos methods.
Teaching-
creating real time stations in classroom discussions. Giving activities and
Learning Process
assignments.
Module-4
Avoiding risks and harmful habits :
Characteristics of health compromising behaviors, Recognizing and avoiding of addictions, How
addiction develops and addictive behaviors, Types of addictions, influencing factors for
addictions, Differences between addictive people and non addictive people and their behavior
with society, Effects and health hazards from addictions Such as..., how to recovery from
addictions.
Chalk and talk method, PowerPoint presentation and Animation videos methods.
Teaching-
creating real time stations in classroom discussions. Giving activities and
Learning Process
assignments.
Module-5
Preventing and fighting against diseases for good health :
Process of infections and reasons for it, How to protect from different types of transmitted
infections such as….,
Current trends of socio economic impact of reducing your risk of disease, How to reduce risks for
good health,
Reducing risks and coping with chronic conditions, Management of chronic illness for Quality of
life,
Health and Wellness of youth: a challenge for the upcoming future Measuring of health and
wealth status.
Chalk and talk method, PowerPoint presentation and YouTube videos, Animation
Teaching-
videos methods. Creating real time stations in classroom discussions. Giving
Learning Process
activities & assignments.

29
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able :
CO 1: To understand Health and wellness (and its Beliefs)
CO 2: To acquire Good Health & It’s balance for positive mindset
CO 3: To inculcate and develop the healthy lifestyle habits for good health.
CO 4: To Create of Healthy and caring relationships to meet the requirements of MNC and LPG world
CO 5: To adopt the innovative & positive methods to avoid risks from harmful habits in their campus &
outside the
campus.
CO 6: To positively fight against harmful diseases for good health through positive mindset.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Tests, MCQ, Quizzes, Seminar or micro project/Course
Project, Term Paper)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 40% of maximum marks in SEE and a minimum of 50% of
maximum marks in CIE. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks ( hours’ duration). Based
on this grading will be awarded.
The student has to score a minimum of 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
4. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
5. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
6. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
(All tests are similar to the SEE pattern i.e question paper pattern is MCQ)
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
7. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
8. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Report writing /Group discussion/Seminar any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs
for 20 Marks(duration 01 hours)
9. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks
and will be scaled down to 50 marks

CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for subject
SEE paper will be set for 50 questions of each of 01 marks. The pattern of the question paper is MCQ. The
time allotted for SEE is 01 hours

30
2ND Sem B Arch Draft (2332022)

Suggested Learning Resources:

1. Health Psychology (Second edition) by Charles Abraham, Mark Conner, Fiona Jones and Daryl
O’Connor – Published by Routledge 711 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017.
2. Health Psychology - A Textbook, FOURTH EDITION by Jane Ogden McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited - Open University Press
3. HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY (Ninth Edition) by SHELLEY E. TAYLOR - University of California, Los
Angeles, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited - Open University Press
4. Scientific Foundations of Health (Health & Welness) - General Books published for
university and colleges references by popular authors and published by the reputed publisher.
1) SWAYAM / NPTL/ MOOCS/ We blinks/ Internet sources/ YouTube videos and other
materials / notes

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Contents related activities (Activity-based discussions)
 For active participation of students, instruct the students to prepare Flowcharts and Handouts
 Organizing Group wise discussions and Health issues based activities
 Quizzes and Discussions
 Seminars and assignments

31
 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN - III
Course Code 21ARC31 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:7 SEE Marks(VIVA) 100
Total Hours of Pedagogy 90 Total Marks 200
Credits 07 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
Sense of Place: Towards understanding the transformation of an architectural space into a Place.

OUTLINE:

“Everything about this kitchen was typical of a traditional kitchen. There was nothing special about it.
But, perhaps it was just the fact that it was so very much; so naturally, a kitchen that had imprinted
its memory indelibly on my mind. [...] memories like these contain the deepest architectural
experience that I know. They are the reservoirs of the architectural atmosphere and images I explore
in my work as an architect.”

— Peter Zumthor, Thinking Architecture (1998, p.7-8)

When we as humans create a 'place', we define it in multiple ways. We attribute it with an importance
and an identity. We select the siting of the 'place' in a geographical location, its activities, boundaries,
and social neighborhoods, we give it meaning, infuse it with memories, and give it significance.

While space is created by physical and notional boundaries, place is characterized by the forces that
signify it with an "architectural atmosphere". We could attempt to describe place as the complete
human spatial experience - the spectrum of how one studies a place ranges from the abstract,
physical/formal place, to the one that lives in one's mind and memories.

A place may be indoors or outdoors, permanent or temporary, private or layered until it becomes very
public, imbued with history, meaning, values and memories or new, radical, rebellious and looking
into the future.

However, it is through the eyes of architecture that place is viewed at this semester.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1) The contents of the courses shall be taught in an application-oriented manner on a
scientific and design basis. The course contents shall be taught and learned in lectures,
seminars, labs or workshops, studio exercises and design projects, etc.
2) In-studio exercises the teachers shall take the lead to provide tasks and offer guidance
for solutions finding. The students shall work either individually or in groups.
3) In design studios, the students contribute to the processing, analysis and solving of
problems of direct professional practice, attended by faculty(s) entitled to conduct the
studio and examine. The results shall be defended through drawings; models and reports
and evaluated through periodic assessment and finally by a jury or panel, and finally,
evaluated through periodic assessment and an end semester examination or viva voce.
COURSE OF STUDY – The primary architectural goal is going from spaces to places.
Hence contextual elements and factors influencing the built environment should be
identified and studied in detail.
KEYWORDS – site/situation, neighbourhood, memory, identity, belonging, defining
characteristics/particularity of place (activity, need, function, scale, hierarchy,
perception).

MODE OF STUDY

A. EXPERIENCE

1. Visits to different places, sacred places and the mundane, bridging places,
edges of various places, entrance places, transitional places, dwelling
places, semi-public and public places, neighbourhood built-open social
spaces, informal space architecture, informal settlements, informal public
architecture - to name just a few. The attempt here is to understand the
experience of a space that can enable a person to define its particularities as
a place. An understanding of being "inside" that particular place, versus
"outside" it, needs to be explored. The interrelation and interface of
formally designed spaces and informal spaces must also be included since
both in tandem make up our built environment. [Space making to be
portrayed for both formal and informal spaces (along with respective field
studies) through different typologies of spaces - markets, settlements,
worship places, eateries, etc. The idea is to explicitly make students
understand that the built environment consists of formal architecture,
built by architects with legal rights to land but a major part of it consists of
informal spaces which crop up due to societal and spatial circumstances.
Since both cannot be observed in singularity, they should be studied
parallelly to have a holistic understanding of the world. ]
2.
Students need to experience and study at least 3 different types
(including an informal space) of places, and what differentiates
these from others.

B. EXPLORATION

1. Sketches, models, drawings, photographs, collages, short films, that can

illustrate the specificity of that particular place. Architectural
representation through various media that evoke the essence of a
place.
2. Studies of how scale, proportions, physicality (including exposure of walls, roofs,
windows to the sun), direction of winds and breeze, local ecology (animal and
plant life), relationships with local water bodies and groundwater, materiality and
situation, affect a place and how it is perceived.
3. Studies of less tangible aspects of a place, like identity, belonging,
 memory, and stories, through discussions, documentation, and other
media. Their architectural representation is an important conclusion
of this exploration.
This period could include book readings, seminars, and field trips.

C. DESIGN TASKS

2 design projects (minor & major) that address the study, exploration and
expression of the Sense of Place in all its aspects (suggested projects include
but not limited to temporary shelters, pavilions, informal social open spaces,
context specific community driven built forms like health centres) .

Example: Place: The front entrance of dwellings. Visit to a traditional

neighbourhood, and a contemporary neighbourhood. What is the nature of this
place? What are the moments of transience? What is the character of space before
and after the front? Rangolis/kollams, thresholds, gateways, doors,
verandahs/jaglis, toranas, porches.
Example: The social spaces within an informal settlement and planned residential
neighbourhood, The organic space utility at a roadside tea stall and a cafe. What is
the character and spirit of the place? What are the elements and forces that create
the space. How does the community/people self organize themselves?

After careful study, a design task based on the sense of place in the same context can
be formulated.
An emphasis on the translating of one's observations well - primarily in
architectural drawing as well as in other methods that support it.

12 Weeks for all A, B, & C, including Design Tasks. These need to be

scheduled in order A, B and then C.

NOTES:

1. Discussions, book reading as well as writing, seminars, field trips, and

group as well as individual study are important for the development of the
architecture student's understanding of essential concepts such as that of
a Sense of Place.
The DESIGN TASKS should be interspersed with the experience and exploration of the
idea of Sense of Place, and not necessarily attempted separately.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

To understand how architectural space becomes more than just a physical entity
because of the way it has been located, sited, edged, layered, and imbued with
values and meaning to transform it into its own entity or 'place' through both
informal and formal spaces.

SHAPE OF THINGS TO COME

The inquiry through exploration and creation of a place from its bare spatial
existence leads the architecture student to the next phase where he/she studies
the particularity of the dwelling.

All spaces "house" activities, whereas a dwelling has a deeper, and more
specific character. As one progresses through the course, we move from a wider,
more general study of architecture, to a more complex, specific, and nuanced
understanding of different areas of architectural design.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, test,
Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40 % marks in SEE to
pass. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 100 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be
awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project,Quiz, report
writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Design and Seminars if any, in the beginning
only. The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets
for the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
2. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.
3. The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted
to VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Steen Eiler Rasmussen, "Experiencing Architecture", MIT Press, 2nd Edition,
1962
2. Edward Relph , "Place and Placelessness", Sage Publications, 2008
3. David Seamon , "Life Takes Place", Routledge , 2018
4. Yi Fu Tuan , "Space And Place: The Perspective of Experience", Univ Of
 Minnesota Press , 2001
5. Gaston Bachelard , "The Poetics of Space", French university publishing , 1958
6. D'Arcy Wentworth Thompson ,"On Growth and Form", Cambridge
University Press, 1917.
7. Martin Heidegger, "Building, Dwelling, Thinking, (Poetry, Language, Thought),
1951
8. Tim Cresswell , "Place: An Introduction", John Wiley & Sons, 2014
9. Marc Auge , "Non-Places: An Introduction to Supermodernity" , Verso, 1995
10. Peter Zumthor, Brigitte Labs-Ehlert "Atmospheres:
Architectural Environments. Surrounding Objects", Birkhauser, 2006
11. Christian Norberg Schulz, "Genius Loci: Towards a Phenomenology of
Architecture", New York : Rizzoli , 1979
12. Christopher Alexander, "The Timeless Way of Building", Oxford University
Press , 1979
13. Doreen Massey, "For Space", Sage Publications , 2005
14. Christian Norberg Schulz, "Architecture: Presence, Language, Place", 1996
15. Peter Zumthor , "Thinking Architecture", Lars Müller, 1998

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zJJEpLCOa24
 https://www.completecommunitiesde.org/planning/inclusive-and-active/placemaking-intro/

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Activity 1- Understanding of how people organize themselves and create a place for
them from a space. Sense of place and space is true for a formal and informal space.
There is a good scope here to demarcate and study both kinds leading to a holistic
understanding of the built environment.

A field study of one formal and one informal space, accompanied by a report of elements
of an informal settlement / koliwadi / informal public place (including any kind of
informal architecture like dhaba, chowk under a tree etc.) to understand the sense,
essence (both tangible and intangible) . In addition to this, doing a comparison of both
formal and informal public places (one that was designed and one that was informally
accepted) and highlighting the distinctions. Study and document space planning ,
materials, circulation, forces, how people get attracted to the places(organic), what led
to the growth and development of these informal entities and examining for any kind of
interdependency between formal and the nearby informal spaces. In addition, ponder
upon the health impacts of formal and informal spaces.

Example: roadside eatery/tea stall vs cafe/ tea shop, formal (mall) vs informal market
 Materials and Methods in Building Construction -III
Course Code 21ARC32 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:3 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 55 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
1. To acquaint the students with construction practices pertaining to RCC, floors, roofs and flooring
alternatives, masonry plastering and paint finishes.
2. To acquaint the students with the materials used in such construction practices, their properties,
and effect on climate and life cycle of the building.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. The subject teacher to link the studio work with on site work by arranging site visits in the
nearby areas.
2. The Subject teacher to highlight the techniques of reinforcement used in R C C works.

Module-1
Introduction to RCC Slabs: one way, two-way slabs, cantilever slabs, sloping RCC
roof, one way continuous, and two ways continuous.

1. RCC one way slab and one-way continuous slabs: Principles and methods
of construction.
2. RCC two way slab and two-way continuous slabs: Principles and methods
of construction.
3. RCC cantilever slabs and sloping slab: Principles and methods of construction.
4. RCC: Qualitative understanding of basic thermal properties such as conduction,
insulation, thermal mass and the material’s appropriateness and/or demerits for
hot climates.

Teaching-
Learning Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Process studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a portfolio. This
is for progressive marks.

Module-2

5. Vaults & domes I: Principles and methods of construction including

techniques and details of form-work. Construction of Masonry Vaults and
Domes – Concepts of Reinforced Concrete Domes and Vaults.
6. Vaults & domes II: Concepts and construction of Reinforced concrete domes
and vaults with formwork design.
7. Vaults & domes III: Qualitative influence of domes and vaults on building’s
interaction with solar heat and ventilation.
Teaching-
Learning Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged
Process by studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a
portfolio. This is for progressive marks.
Module-3
8. Introduction to Floor finishes including Toilet flooring: Mud flooring, Murrum
flooring, and Stone flooring in marble, granite, tandur/kota stone, other
flooring in mosaic, terrazzo, ceramic tiles, wooden flooring and polished
concrete, low embodied (grey) energy and sustainable flooring: Laying, Fixing
and Finishes.
9. Introduction to Paving: Cast in situ concrete including vacuum dewatered
flooring, concrete tiles, interlocking blocks, clay tiles, brick and stone.
Teaching-
Learning Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Process studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a portfolio. This
is for progressive marks.

Module-4
10. Introduction to internal and external masonry plastering and paint
finishes: Materials – Paints, varnishes and distempers, emulsions, cement
based paints, external reflective paints, and natural paints (Activity 1).
Constituents of oil paints, characteristics of good paints, types of paints and
process of painting different surfaces. Types of varnish, methods of applying
varnish and French polish and melamine finish.
Teaching-
Learning Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Process studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a portfolio. This
is for progressive marks.

Module-5
11. Method of plastering (Internal and External): smooth, rough, textured, grit
plaster etc. Use of various finishes viz., lime, cement, plaster of Paris, buffing
etc.

12. Introduction to wet Cladding: wet cladding in stone, marble, etc. including
toilet cladding.

13. Alternative roofing: Jack Arch, Madras terrace, stone slab roof, inverted earthen-
pot roof, ‘Guna’ roof (burnt clay vaulted roof), GI/tin sheet roofing, cement
corrugated sheets, etc.(low cost roofs and materials in Informal households and
health issues) (Activity 2) (Activity 3)
Teaching-
Learning Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Process studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a portfolio. This
is for progressive marks.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
1. The students will be able to understand the structural drawings of structural consultants.
2. The students will be able to check the structural works on site.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- Submission of construction drawing sheets, Journal of
materials, Multiple Choice Question, Quizzes, Open book test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40% marks in SEE to pass.
Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Methods suggested: Submission of Construction sheets, Journal of Materials, Test, Written Quiz,
Seminar, report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topics for the test, Written Quiz, and Seminar. In the beginning,
only the teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for
Viva-voce examination, atleast one day prior to Viva-voce examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
2. The work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course
teacher or an internal examiner.
3. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to
VTU in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

1) BooksChudley , Construction Technology, ELBS, 1993
2) Barry, Construction of Buildings, East West Press, 1999

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qH9Gjd23u6E

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Activity 1- Map and study vernacular as well as contemporary use of natural paints
made out of natural extracts.

Activity 2- Observe and understand technical construction methods and materials (as
studied in this module) in formal and informal settlements and document the same in a
report.

Activity 3 - Retrofit section of the college building roof with clay pots or empty/hollow
recycled plastic containers and cover with temporary tiling and qualitatively assess its
influence on room temperatures experienced in the floor immediately below.
 Climatology
Course Code 21ARC33 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 48 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
To develop the knowledge required for understanding the influence of Climate on architecture
including the environmental processes which affect buildings, such as thermal, lighting, etc.
Similarly, to develop the understanding of how construction activities influence and impact the micro-
macro climate.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Use of theory, activities, practicals. Numericals, assignment and tutorial for teaching.
2. Evaluation by quiz, tests, classroom activities.
Module-1

1. Introduction to Climate-1: The Climate-built form interaction; some examples. Elements of

climate, measurement and representations of climatic data. Classifications and
Characteristics of tropical climates.

2. Introduction to Climate-2: Major climatic zones of India. Site Climate: Effect of landscape
elements on site/micro climate.

3. Interrelation between the human built environment and the natural environment:
Historical trajectory of environmental degradation and climate change as a function of
humankind’s architectural and industrial interventions.

4. Introduction to the current Climate crisis and targets- Documentation of changes in

climate, environmental conditions over time and their ramifications on the built environment
and the roles and responsibilities of the profession of architecture. Develop a climate change
timeline.

5. Thermal comfort-1: Thermal balance of the human body, basic understanding of

psychrometric chart and related parameters (dry-bulb temperature, wet-bulb temperature,
absolute humidity, relative humidity, enthalpy, specific volume), psychrometric basis of
human thermal comfort, thermal comfort factors (including mean radiant temperature and
air speed),Thermal Comfort Indices (Effective temperature, corrected effective temperature,
bioclimatic chart, tropical summer index by CBRI Roorkee), Indian Model of Adaptive
Comfort (IMAC) and comparison with global thermal comfort models, Measuring indoor air
movement: Kata-thermometer, and measuring indoor radiation: Globe thermometer.
Teaching- Theory accompanied with classroom activities, quizzes and practicals demonstrating usage of
Learning different instruments.
Process
Module-2
 6. Thermal comfort-2: Uses of psychrometric chart for climate analysis, Calculation of
Overheated and under heated period (based on air temperature only) for locations in
Climatic zones and their optimization in terms of solar heating and Passive cooling desired.

7. Sun-path diagram: Solar geometry & design for orientation and use of solar charts in
climatic design.
8. Thermal performance of building elements: Effect of thermo-physical properties of building materials
and elements on indoor thermal environment. Convection, Radiation, concept of Sol-air temperature and
Solar Gain factor. Thermal properties and performance of different materials used in construction such as
Mud, Wood, Bamboo, RCC, Steel, Glass, GI, Tin, etc and relating it to Thermal Stress. Assessment of
passive cooling possibilities and natural night-sky radiation of roofing materials and retrofitted radiant-
barrier materials.
Teaching- Theory accompanied with classroom activities, periodic tests and numericals.
Learning
Process
Module-3
9. Thermal Heat gain or loss: Steady state and periodic heat flow concepts (conduction, convection and
radiation), conductivity, resistivity, diffusivity, emissivity, thermal capacity, time lag and 'U' value.
Calculation of U value for multi-layered walls and Roof, Temperature Gradient, Inference of time lags
from Graphs for walls and Roof. Construction techniques for improving thermal performance of walls
and roofs. (Effect of density, Insulation, and Cavity)

Teaching- Theory accompanied with classroom activities, periodic tests and numericals.
Learning
Process
Module-4
10. Shading devices: Optimizing Design of Shading devices effective for overheated periods
while allowing solar radiation for under heated periods for different wall orientations.

11. Natural ventilation: Functions of natural ventilation, Stack effect due to thermal force and
wind velocity. Air movements around buildings, Design considerations and effects of
openings and external features on internal air flow and Wind shadows.

12. Natural/passive cooling: Introduction to passive techniques of cooling such as evaporative

cooling (including basic assessment of its cooling potential using the psychrometric chart for
various climatic zones), earth tubing, wind scoops, roof ponds, shaded courtyards etc.
Teaching- Theory accompanied with applicative classroom activities like shading device design, periodic tests
Learning and quizzes.
Process
Module-5
13. Day Lighting: Nature of natural light, its transmission, reflection, diffusion, glare. Advantages
and limitations in different climatic zones, North light, Daylight factor, components of
Daylight devices.

14. Climatic Design considerations 1: Literature study of relevant traditional and

contemporary building examples.

15. Climatic Design considerations 2: Two or more Indian case studies, including an informal
settlement, example Dharavi or more local instances and one international for each climatic
zone.
16. Climatic Design considerations 3: Keeping in mind the current climatic scenario and how it is
changing rapidly. Understanding how design tools can help in the making of climate-friendly
and resilient designs.
Teaching-
Learning Theory accompanied with classroom activities, case studies and numericals.
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
1. Understand the elements of weather and climate, phenomena of heat flow, thermal comfort, solar shading
and day lighting in an applicative manner
2. Analyse and interpret the relationships between atmospheric processes and regional-local climates.
Use climatology and its understanding of thermal comfort indices to assist them in climate-responsive building
design.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
1. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
2. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
3. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
4. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
5. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
6. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
1. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
2. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Theory paper will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Koenigsberger, Manual of Tropical Housing & Buildings (Part-II), Orient Longman, Bombay, 1996.
2. Arvind Krishan, Baker & Szokolay, Climate Responsive Architecture, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
3. Martin Evans; Housing, Climate, and Comfort; Architectural Press (1 March 1980)
4. Donald Watson and Kenneth Labs; Climatic Building Design - Energy-Efficient Building Principles and Practice;
McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1983.
5. Mili Majumdar (Editor); Energy Efficient Buildings in India; The Energy and Resources Institute, TERI (28
 February 2009)
6. Baruch Givoni; Passive and Low Energy Cooling of Buildings; John Wiley & Sons (1 July 1994).
7. Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) 2007; Bureau of Energy Efficiency, Ministry of Power, Government
of India.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 MNRE web site
 GRIHA
 IGBC
 LEED
 ISHRAE
 BEE

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Activity 1 - Heat Waves & Modern Buildings
Activity 2 - Air Conditioners' Other side ‘
Activity 3 - Thermal performance in Informal settlements
Activity 4 - Thermal Comfort Conditions'
Activity 5 - Thermal Comfort Inequity
Activity 6 - Thermal Comfort Mapping
Activity 7 - Thermal Comfort Variation Over Time
Activity 8 - Thermal Comfort Zone Representation
Activity 9 - Understanding the thermal comfort gap in formal housing and informal housing.
Activity 10 - Heat Flow Analysis
Activity 11 - Conduction and a cool floor, Convection and a cot Details found in
Fairconditioning’s Pedagogy Manual for Architecture Teachers - Building Heat Transfer
Module: http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-resources/#204-heat-transfer
Activity 12 - Convection Inside A Room Details found in Fairconditioning’s Pedagogy Manual
for Architecture Teachers - Building Heat Transfer Module:
http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-resources/#204-heat-transfer
Activity 13 - Evaporative Cooling Effect from a Wet Cloth Details found in Fairconditioning’s
Pedagogy Manual for Architecture Teachers - Sustainable Cooling Technology Module:
http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-resources/#210-sust-cooling-technologies-
1553498467
Activity 14 - Details found in Fairconditioning’s Pedagogy Manual for Architecture Teachers -
Sustainable Cooling Technology Module: http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-
resources/#210-sust-cooling-technologies-1553498467
Activity 15 - Details found in Fairconditioning’s Pedagogy Manual for Architecture Teachers -
Passive Design Module: http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-resources/#230-passive-
design-1552544785
Numerical based learning- Sol-air temperature and Solar Gain factor, Heat Gain and U-value
 History of Architecture -III
Course Code 21ARC34 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
To provide an introduction to the culture and architecture of Islamic and Colonial periods in India and to
provide an understanding of their evolution in various stylistic modes, characterized by technology,
ornamentation, and planning practices.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Use of theory, activities, sketches, drawings, assignment and tutorial for teaching.
2. Evaluation by quiz, tests, classroom activities.

Module-1
1. Islamic Architecture – Early phase; It’s emergence in 11th century AD in India. General
characteristics of Indian Islamic Style.

2. Early Phase –I: – Slave and Khilji phase – a) Monumental: Quawat Ul Islam, mosque and tomb of
Iltumish , Qutub Minar , Alai Minar. b) Civic space: Enlargement of Quwaat Ul Islam Complex and
Alai Darwaza.

3. Early Phase –II: - Tugluq , Sayyid & Lodi dynasties. – Architectural character-
a) Monumental arch : Tomb of Ghia – Suddin Tugluq, Tomb of Firoz shah Tugluq,
Shish Gumbad & Mubarak shah Sayyid’s tomb. b) Civic Space : Khirkhi masjid Delhi,
Firoz Shah kotla – public and private space, madrassa design with Firoz shah’s tomb.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-2

4. Provincial style – I – Jaunpur and Bengal – Architectural character

a) Monumental arch : Atala and Jami masjid Bengal – Adina masjid Pandua, Ek Lakhi Tomb b)
Civic Space : Elements like entrance pylon : Jaunpur, Dakhil –
Darwaza at Gaur, space within & outside of examples like Gunmount or Badasona
Masjid.

5. Provincial style – II – Ahmedabad and Bijapur – Architectural characteristics-a) Monumental

arch:Ahmedabad, Vavs of Gujarat: Bijapur- Golgumbaz, Ibrahim Rauza, Jami masjid. B) Civic
space: Ahmedabad-Sarkhej complex, Teen darwaza. Bijapur-Ibrahim Rauza, Bauli (Water tank).
c) Domestic architecture.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-3
 6. Provincial style – III- Bidar and Gulbarga-General Character. a)Monumental: Bidar-Jami masjid.
Gulbarga-Jami masjid. B) Civic space: Treatment of space within mosque and enclosed space for
gathering at both places. c) Domestic: Bidar-Madrassa of Mond, Gawan.

7. Moghul Architecture-I –Architectural Character. a)Monumental arch: Humayun’s tomb,

Fatehpursikri layout, Jami masjid, Diwan-I-khas, Tomb of Salim chisti. B)Civic space- Buland
darwaza, Garden(Humayun’s tomb). c) Domestic- Fatehpursikri, Birbal’s house, Jodhabai’s
palace.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-4
8. Mughal Architecture-II - Monumental arch: Akbar’s tomb, Taj mahal, Itmaud Daula
b) Civic space: Mughal Gardens, Diwan-I-am, Red Fort, Meena bazaar, Red Fort, Guesthouse (Taj
mahal complex) c) Domestic: Public elements like ‘Serai’-traveler’s shelters, Nobles’ houses etc.

9. Colonial Architecture-I – Early phase-Establishment of forts, warehouses etc-Building

typologies and general architectural character of Colonial Indian Architecture.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-5
Colonial Architecture-II – Study of Examples a) Monumental- Governor’s house, Calcutta,
Town hall, Victoria Terminus (Chhatrapati Shivaji Station) Mumbai, Madras Club, Pacchiappa
College Chennai, Mayo Hall, Museum, and Central College Bangalore.
Deputy Commissioner’s Office, Palace, Mysore, Examples from Hubli and Dharwad, Karnataka.
b)Civic spaces: Parade Ground ,MG Road, Bangalore, Civic spaces around Mysore Palace c)
Domestic Bungalows from Calcutta, Chennai, Bangalore and Mysore Railway Stations,
Administrative Buildings etc

11. Colonial Architecture-III – a) Design of New Capital of Delhi- Contributions of Edward Lutyens,
Herbert Baker(Rashtrapati Bhavan), Layout of New Delhi, Parliament House, North Block and
South Block at Rashtrapathi Bhavan. B) Monumental: Civic space-Rajpath, Janpath, India Gate etc.

12. Colonial Architecture-IV – Examples from Goa-Se Cathedral, Cathedral of Bom Jesus
(Monumental Architecture). Architecture from Pondicherry-Indian and French
Quarters(Domestic Architecture). Brief summary of Dutch and Danish settlements.

NOTE: The following may be made a part of progressive marks:

1) A Portfolio containing analysis of spaces, functions, and forms (Individual submission).
2) Group studies through Photographic documentation of local/ regional examples or study
models of the examples.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Course outcome;
1) The students will be able to learn and compare various styles of Architecture.
2) The students will be able to appreciate the scale of buildings.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module..
Theory paper will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1) Tadgel, C. History of Architecture in India, Phaidon Press, 1990
2) Brown, Percy. Indian Architecture, Islamic Period, Taraporavala and sons, 1987.
3) Indian Architecture ( Islamic Period)- Satish Grover
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OkyhYqLEFm8
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Nr1LAUg5M64
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9gqxLZ-vC6s

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

1) Sketching of the historical buildings
2) Measured drawing of a monument in the nearby area.
 Building Services –I(Water Supply and Sanitation)
Course Code 21ARC35 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
1. To impart the knowledge and skills required for understanding the role of essential services of
water supply and sanitation and their integration with architectural design.
2. To understand sustainability issues of water supply and sanitation systems.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
Site Visits to:
1. Water Treatment Plants, Sewage Treatment Plants, LPG & HSD Yards.
2. High Rise Residential Building – Plumbing (water supply, drainage)
3. Commercial Buildings like IT Campus, Hotel & Hospital for acquaintance of
installation & space requirements.
4. Informal settlements
Assignment Submissions for Progressive Marks:
a) Layout of Water supply and Sanitation with all fixtures in Kitchen, Bath and
Utility for a small Residence i.e. Plan and Section, Terrace plan with
Rainwater down take pipes, Sump and OHT calculation design.
b) Schematic diagram of similar study for a Basement floor.
c) Portfolio on
I. Solid waste management and
II. Fire fighting schematic plans

Module-1
2) Introduction to Environment and Health Aspects: History of Sanitation with
respect to human civilization, Importance of Health, Hygiene Cleanliness,
Waterborne, Water-related, Water based, Epidemic diseases, Conservancy to water
carriage system, Urban and Rural sanitation
Water Supply: Source of Water supply – Municipal, bore well, river, etc, Quantity of water
for different usages like Domestic, Hot water, Flushing, Gardening, Commercial, Industrial
Applications, Assessment of requirement for different uses, Quality of supply for different
uses as per national and international standards, Treatment of water for different uses,
filtration, softening, disinfection, Storage and pumping – gravity system, hydro-pneumatic
system, Distribution of water to fixture and fittings, schematic diagrams, Swimming pool,
water bodies, Efficient usage of water
Teaching- 1) Visit to a water treatment plant
Learning
Process
2) Quizzes on the various issues of water supply.

Module-2
 3) Sewerage System: Assessment of sewage generated, Collection of sewage /
wastewater from all sources, schematic diagram, Conveyance of sewage – gully trap,
chamber, manhole, intercepting trap, grease traps, backflow preventer, Materials of
construction of sewerage network – PVC, uPVC, HDPE, corrugated PP pipes, Objective
of Sewage treatment, type of treatment, aerobic, anaerobic, Ventilation of STP, Space
requirements.

4) Storm water Management: Assessment, quantification of rainfall, flood control

measures, Drainage system – piped drains, open drains, Recharging of storm water,
Harvesting of roof top water, first flush, pre treatment, Drainage of basements,
podium, paved areas, Collection, Reuse of water within the project, reduction of the
load on municipal system, landscape drainages and Rainwater harvesting.

Teaching- 1) Visit to a sewage treatment plant at a city level

Learning
Process
2) Quizzes on the various issues of sewage and storm water
management.
Module-3
5) Plumbing: Water supply piping – hot, cold, flushing water, Piping in sunken areas,
false ceiling areas, shaft sizes, Drainage – floor traps, drains, P-trap, bottle traps,
Single stack, two stack, cross venting, fixture venting, Material of construction like GI,
PPR, PB, CPVC, Composite pipes, Copper, Flow control Valves – Gate valve, Globe
valves, butterfly valves, Pressure Reducing valves & station, Pipe supports, hangers,
fixing, plumbing of small houses.
Teaching- 1) Visit to a construction site for various works of plumbing installations.
Learning 2) Sketches, Drawings and measurements on site for various fixtures and
Process
installations.
Module-4
6) Sanitary Fixtures, Fittings & Wellness: Soil appliances – Water closets, Bidet,
urinals, Cisterns, Flush valve, Waste appliances – wash basin, sink, dishwasher,
washing machine, Hot water system – Geysers, boilers, heat pump, Bath & water
fixtures – Taps, mixers, single lever, quarter turn, bathtub, multi-jet bath, rain
showers, health faucets, Wellness products : Sauna bath, steam bath, Jacuzzi, single
and double stack system.

Solid Waste Management: Assessment of waste, Waste to wealth concept,

7)
Municipal waste, garden waste, organic & inorganic, Commercial waste, Medical
waste & Industrial waste, Collection, segregation, treatment, disposal, Organic waste
– Biomethanation, Vermicomposting, Organic waste converter.
Teaching- 1) Visit to a construction site for various works of drainage.
Learning
Process
2) Sketches, Drawings and measurements on site for various fixtures.
Module-5
8) Introduction to Fire and Life safety: Causes of fire, reasons for loss of life due to
fire, development of fire, fire classification of buildings, Fire water storage
requirements, Fire control room, Code of practices, Idea of smoke detectors, Fire
 alarms, Wet risers, Fire escape stair case, equipment used eg: snorkel ladder,
materials used to fight fire, Fire rating and Hydrants.

9) Special requirements: Solar Hot Water Generation, Central LPG Supply System,
Medical Gases Supply, Storage of High Speed Diesel, Central Vacuum and Waste
Collection.
Teaching- 1) Visit to a construction site for various works of fire safety applications
Learning
Process
2) Sketches, Drawings and measurements on site for various service and space
requirements for an architect.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

1) The students will be able to understand the importance of the services of water supply, sanitary and other
necessities in a building.
2) The students will be able to analyse the space requirements and other technical aspects of various services in a
building.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
7. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
8. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
9. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
10. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
11. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
12. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
3. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
4. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Theory paper will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks.
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1) Deshpande, RS. A Text Book of Sanitary Engineering, Vol:1, United Books, Pune, 1959.
2) Birdie, G. S. and Birdie J. S. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, DhanpatRai
Publications, 2010
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KMP9-49I1U4
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0_ZcCqqpS2o
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FvPakzqM3h8
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CdnZXvE4SKc
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LBy9OuIayjc
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Activity 1:

Identify a metropolitan city, a Tier-2 city and a village. Study the following designs - Waste
management, water supply, sewerage, fire infrastructure and life safety systems, storm
water, other developmental infrastructures. Document the similarities and differences.
Study the network of lakes, rivers in the same city and their condition now. Document the
impact of development on the well being of lakes, rivers and human health aspects. Create
a photo collage also to support the documentation.
Incorporate sustainable service systems in the design project.

Building Structure -II

Course Code 21ENG36 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
Introduction to Mechanics & Materials in building construction.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss forces acting on a building component.
2) The students need to sketch the forces acting on building elements for its unique qualities.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-1
Simple Stresses & Strains: Types of stresses and strains, Hooke’s law, factor
of safety, stress-strain curve for, mild steel, high strength steel, brittle
materials. Elongation of bars of varying cross section, uniformly varying bars,
bars of varying width(no derivation), Poisson's ratio, relationship between
elastic constants (no derivation).Concept of temperature stresses (no
numericals),analysis of composite bars.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss stresses acting on a building
Learning
Process component.
2) The students need to sketch the stresses acting on building elements for its
unique qualities.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-2

Bending Moment Diagram & Shear Force Diagram: Concept of bending

moment & shear force, sign convention. To draw bending moment & shear
force diagrams of cantilever, simply supported & over hang beams only.
Subjected to point load &uniformly distributed load & its combination.
Relationship between rate of loading, shear force and bending moment.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss bending moment, sheer force
Learning and point load acting on various building components
Process
2) The students need to sketch the forces acting on building components and
typical solutions in a simple building.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-3
Stresses in Beams: Theory of simple bending, assumption made in bending
theory, bending equation (no derivation), section modulus, numericals to
determine bending stresses across the cross section (restricted to
rectangular section T & I sections only).Shear stresses in beams, shear
stress equation (no derivation),numericals to determine the shear stress
variation across the cross section (restricted to rectangular section, T & I
sections only)

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss stresses in beams.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the stresses acting on building components and
Process typical solutions in a simple building.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-4
Elastic Stability of Columns: Introduction - Actual length of column, Effective
length of column, expression for Effective length of columns for various end
conditions (fixed, hinged, free) - No derivations. Classification of columns
based on slenderness ratio criteria, and on criteria based on least lateral
dimension, and based on failure of columns, Euler's theory of long columns.
Assumption and limitations of Euler's theory for critical load on long column
(no derivations), Numericals based on the above concepts.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss elastic stability of columns
Learning 2) The students need to sketch columns to understand slenderness ratio.
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
 Module-5
Deflection of Beams: Moment curvature equation (no derivation), assumptions made in the
deflection theory. To determine deflection and slope for cantilever beam, simply supported
and overhang beam, subjected to point load & uniformly distributed load by Double
Integration Method & Macaulay’s method
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss deflection of Beams.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch various types of beams to understand deflection.
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the students will have the ability to understand the effect of various forces on
R C C Structure.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module..
Theory paper will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books

1) B.S.Basavarajaih& P. Mahadevappa, "Strength of Materials", Universities Press,

3rd editn. 2010.
2) Dr. S. Ramamrutham& R. Narayan "Strength of Materials", DhanpatRai Publ.,
8th edi. 2014.
3) William A. Nash, "Strength of Materials", McGraw-Hill Education; 6th edition, 2013.
4) R.K.Bansal, "Strength of Materials", Laxmi Publications; 6th edition (2017).
5) R.S.Khurmi& N. Khurmi, " Strength of Materials", S Chand Pub., revised edition
2006

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=arr_xwk-JsM
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WWkv4D2LHtk

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

1) Visit to a construction site to analyse various forces acting on different components of a building.
2) Seminar by students in groups on their learnings.
 Samskrutika Kannada
Course Code 21KSK37 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 13 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5


Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(To have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
5. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
6. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module..

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Balake Kannada
Course Code 21KBN37 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 13 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 02
Course objectives:

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5


Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
7. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
8. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 ELECTIVE- 1
Course Code 21ARC38 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:0:0:0 SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 50
Credits 02 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:
1) To gain experience in aspects of Architecture not offered in the regular curriculum.
2) To study particular areas of the curriculum in greater depth.
3) To explore career opportunities in the allied fields.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1) The teacher may use conventional method or an innovative method to deal with the subject.
2) The students need to work with hands on experiences to gain an expertise of the chosen field.
3) The teacher needs to use performance assessments to develop real life skills in the students.

a. ARCHITECTURAL PHOTOGRAPHY
OBJECTIVE
To impart the skills of taking aesthetically appealing and creative architectural
photographs through the use of appropriate cameras/ lenses and lighting conditions.

OUTLINE
1. Introduction to architectural photography. Various types of compositions,
framing, silhouette photography.

2. Use of various cameras, lenses and accessories, handling of equipment.

a . SLR,DSLR cameras, lenses for different focal lengths for various contexts
b. Use of wide angle, normal, tele, zoom, macro, close up lenses.
c. Filters- UV, Skylight, colour filters, special effect filter.

3. Shutter speeds- slow, normal and high and their various applications.

4. Apertures- use of various apertures to suit different lighting conditions and to

enhance depth of fields.

5. Selection of ISO rating to match various lighting conditions.

6. Optimizing selection of shutter speed, aperture and ISO.

7. Twilight and night photography.

8. Various uses of photography- documentation, presentations, competitions, lectures,

etc.

9. Creative photography/ photo renderings, for special effects using software.

10. Play of light and shadows to achieve dramatic pictures.

11. Effects of seasons, inclusion of greenery, foliage, clouds, human scale etc.
12. Architectural photography as a profession, law on photography.

REFERENCES:
1. Schulz, Adrian. Architectural Photography: Composition, Capture, and Digital
Image Processing, Rocky Nook, 2012.
2. McGrath, Norman . Photographing Buildings Inside and Out, Watson-
Guptill Publications, 1993.

b. VERNACULAR ARCHITECTURE
OBJECTIVE:

To inculcate an appreciation of vernacular architecture; as an expression of local

identity and indigenous traditions of the culture. Vernacular architecture and
environment are deeply interconnected, studying vernacular methods through the
environmental responsiveness view point.
OUTLINE:
The course would be conducted through seminars and field work.
1. Introduction to the approaches and concepts to the study of vernacular
architecture, history and organisation of vernacular buildings of different regions in
the Indian context; with an understanding of forms, spatial planning, cultural aspects,
symbolism, colour, art, materials of construction and construction techniques. Study
of factors that shape the architectural character and render the regional variations of
vernacular architecture - geographic, climatic, social, economic, political and religious
aspects, local materials and skills available in the region etc.

2. Methods of observation, recording, documenting and representing vernacular

architecture with examples.

3. Study and documentation of vernacular architecture of selected building

typologies. Rigorous documentation, accuracy in measuring, collating the recorded
information and drawing them up in specified formats and scales are part of this
module.

4. A critical review of the relevance and application of vernacular ideas in

contemporary times. An appraisal of architects who have creatively innovated and
negotiated the boundaries of ‘tradition’ while dynamically responding to the
changing aspirations and lifestyles of the world around.

5. Case Study of how vernacular materials can help ease climatic challenges.

6. Design Activity - design an informal settlement using vernacular elements.

Mapping old vernacular materials and how they have evolved (different contexts)
and thus how it can be applied for informal settlements today.
REFERENCES:

1. Carter, T., & Cromley, E. C. Invitation to Vernacular Architecture: A Guide to

 the Study of Ordinary Buildings and Landscapes. Knoxville: The University of
Tennessee Press. 2005
2. Cooper, I. Traditional buildings of India. Thames and Hudson Ltd, London, 1998

3. Oliver, P. Encyclopaedia of Vernacular Architecture of the World, Cambridge

University Press, 1997

c. VISUAL COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVE: To impart the techniques of visual communication.

OUTLINE:

1. Visual communication used in day to day life, print, electronic media,

advertisement and in art / architecture context - differences and similarities.

2. Understanding meaning generation process in visual language.

3. Devices of visual language - space, context, scale, associate, transform, crop,

frame, distort, abstract, fragment, exaggerate, and subvert, irony.

4. Pictograms and ideograms.

5. Understanding the differences between logo and symbol. Process of logo creation.

6. Hierarchy in visual content being presented.

7. Relationship between text and images and their interrelationships.

8. Cultural context of meaning generation and aesthetic principles involved.

REFERENCES:
1. Barnes, Susan B. An Introduction to Visual Communication: From Cave Art to
Second Life, Peter Lang Publishing Inc, 2011
2. Bo Bergström, Essentials of Visual Communication, Laurence King Publishing,
2009
 OPEN ELECTIVE:
The college has the discretion to offer an open elective in the areas/subject/fie other
than already covered under the syllabus. The college can decide to offer need based
electives depending on the availability of the expertise. However, the college will
require to submit the title of such electives with the course outline stating learning
objectives and mode of delivering the content to the Registrar/ Registrar (evaluation)
within the 15 days of the commencement of the semester

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

1) To develop desired knowledge and skill in a particular domain of Architecture
2) To develop an understanding of the processes required for the particular subject.
3) To develop an expertise in the chosen field for career enhancement.

Assessment Details (CIE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio/ Class room/Tutorial discussions, Reviews,
Time problems, test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 100% and there is no Semester End Exam
(SEE) .The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks in CIE and is conducted for 100 marks. Based
on the CIE marks grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz, report writing
etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the course of learning for the Elective subject, in the beginning only.
The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
There is no Semester End Exam (SEE) The CIE marks list generated is to be signed by the internal
examiners and submitted to VTU as per the procedure through the Principal of the institution.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OtZAku_co3w
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XkDKjARcZjw
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_a-QGF4p__c
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xoQOB_XaJBM
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y9ixRTTx5iU

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

1) Students need to explore and meet an expert to understand the subject in a greater depth.
2) Students need to work with hands on experiences to develop desired skills in the field..
 Social Connect & Responsibility
Course Code 21UH39 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 13 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 01
Course objectives:

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5


Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
13. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
14. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
15. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
16. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
17. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
18. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
9. The question
Suggested Learning paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
Resources:
10.
Books There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN - IV
Course Code 21ARC41 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:7 SEE Marks(VIVA) 100
Total Hours of Pedagogy 90 Total Marks 200
Credits 7 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
From space to dwelling: An understanding of what it means to dwell in a space/s
and to further explore as to why and how people choose to dwell together.

This semester follows on the heels of the past one, where students have attempted to
understand the nature of places with shared memories and purposes.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

1) The contents of the courses shall be taught in an application-oriented manner on a

scientific and design basis. The course contents shall be taught and learned in lectures,
seminars, labs or workshops, studio exercises and design projects, etc.
2) In-studio exercises the teachers shall take the lead to provide tasks and offer guidance
for solutions finding. The students shall work either individually or in groups.
3) In design studios, the students contribute to the processing, analysis and solving of
problems of direct professional practice, attended by faculty(s) entitled to conduct the
studio and examine. The results shall be defended through drawings; models and reports
and evaluated through periodic assessment and finally by a jury or panel, and finally,
evaluated through periodic assessment and an end semester examination or viva voce.

Three component approach to the Design Studio:

A) TRAVEL FOR SITE VISITS: Learning from visiting various settings: urban and
rural, traditional, contemporary, permanent and temporary, to introduce them first
hand to students.

B) SEMINARS: Seminars are intended to expose the students to a range of real

issues that are integral to their understanding of house-form. These should lead
students to explore different approaches to house-form.

C) DESIGN TASKS: Emphasis in teaching and learning is placed on bridging the gap
between the imaginative and conceptual, the material and formal. Projects should
involve activities that encourage students to develop techniques for identifying and
negotiating competing demands and prioritizing and ordering variables. An
essential part of the studio process should be peer reviews and reviews by
practicing architects.

A. The Dwelling: How spaces change when people stake claim over them,
and what boundaries are drawn between what is private and the many stages
between that and the common public space?.

What it means to arrive "home", and what is the nature of that feeling of belonging
that one gets when we "arrive" and are welcomed in to a familiar space?.

We enquire into the nature of a dwelling space, and what is the nature of spaces
outside them? Common rangolis, porches, verandahs, balconies, paths, pavements,
plinths, wells, washing areas, vrindavanas, backyards, parking spaces for carts, cattle,
and vehicles. We need to enquire in the nature of the spaces in-between these.

Picking from memories, can we recollect and draw spaces that endure, ones that
recall the same feelings and create similar expectations as before? Which spaces and
behaviours have changed, and which remain. Which are in transition?

B. Dwelling Together:
Explore as to why people live together, and how we have lived together in
the past. Questions to be addressed here are:
How do we make common decisions?
What do we share, and when, where and how does it change to the more intimate,
personal space?
Which spaces are "designed"? What is the meaning of "organic"
growth? What is the meaning of Vernacular Architecture?
What is the meaning of the term "sustainable"?

Assignment-1: SITE VISITS

1) Two site visits to observe, discuss and document existing residential settlements
(formal and informal1), housing projects.
2) The emphasis should be on both conceptual understanding and accurately
measured drawing. However, scale and proportion need to be observed carefully,
as a method of understanding buildings.
3) Attention should be given to community spaces/common areas, the kind of
materials, quality of environment and the emergent grouping of individual
dwellings.
4) Sketches and documentation should show observations and inferences from the
studies.

Assignment-2: SEMINARS
1) To understand the architect as the facilitator: the architect's role in the process
of building a dwelling community.
2) To understand some issues related to group housing/dwelling or settlements
like basic services [lighting, ventilation & water supply] and building regulation.
3) To explore the character of community spaces and their significance in housing
projects [points of discussion could include different ways of occupying land:
rentals, ownership, temporary squatting, organic settlements, informal urban
settlements].
 ● Indigenous building technologies, Post Independence Housing: Otto Koenigsberger.
4) Studying housing projects in India [Laurie Baker, BV Doshi, Charles Correa, MN
AshishGanju, Raj Rewal, Shilpa Sindoor, Revathi Kamath] and other contemporary
housing projects from around the world

Assignment-3: PROJECTS

One major project (from formal (apartment) settlements be taken as design

project) (Activity) and one minor/time (looking at an informal settlement or
vernacular parts of the city or rural setting for settlement/community study and
design) assignment to be tackled in the semester. Project work could be done in the
following four stages of activity interspersed with seminars.

1. Introduction to the initial design parameters which include choice of:

a. Geography/situation (context),
b. Understanding the dwellers, their lifestyle, and social context, and the materials used
locally
c. Exploring ways in which dwellers come together to live in a small community.
d. Sustainable design principles and sustainable services (eg. storm water harvesting,
waste water reuse, solar power, etc.) integration.

2. Explore issues of community, public and private realms, edge conditions,

communication and connectedness.

3. Enquire into individual and family/user group needs and aspirations.

4. The emphasis in the studio has to be on inclusion and integration of differences

in age, gender, mobility, health, economic status. In today's world, there is a need
to make buildings equitable to all at the outset, and we should begin with our
dwellings.
5. Suggested plot size: From 1500 - 3000 sqm
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
the student will be able to:
 Get an introduction into the field of Architectural Design viz. a viz. the duality & the tension that
exists between the form and function of a space.
 Make responsible choices for design development
 Get a perspective on design of spaces in formal and informal settlements.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, test,
Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40 % marks in SEE to
pass. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 100 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be
awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz,
report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Design and Seminars if any, in the
beginning only. The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in
advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including
rough sheets for the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work
examination to the course teacher/coordinator.
2. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University
along with Course teacher or an internal examiner.
3. The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners
and submitted to VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
I. Amos Rapoport , "House Form and Culture", Prentice-Hall, 1969
II. Christopher Alexander, "Pattern Language", Oxford University Press, 1977
III. Christopher Alexander, "A Timeless Way of Building", Oxford Uni. Press , 1979
IV. Gautam Bhatia, "Laurie Baker, Life, Work, Writings", Viking , 1991
V. Dick Van Gameren & Rohan Verma, "Designs for Housing: Charles Correa", 2018
VI. Atul Deulgaonkar, "Laurie Baker, Truth in Architecture", Jyotsna Prakashan , 2015
VII. Otto Koenigsberger, "Manual of Tropical Housing and Building", 1975
VIII. Geoffrey Bawa, The Complete Works, 2002

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ly8orBNiNQM
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k4dVgbuxBAw
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
the class be divided into two groups, one takes the formal housing (apartment for Middle-income groups) and the
other takes the Informal settlement (rehabilitation/redesign/retrofitting for low-income groups - affordable
housing)
 Materials and Methods in Building Construction -IV
Course Code 21ARC42 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:4 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 55 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
To acquaint the students with construction practices pertaining to RCC framing
systems, and other building elements such as metal doors and windows(In Steel and
Aluminium)

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by studio
teachers. Study of material application in the form of portfolio.

Module-1
1. Introduction to Advanced RCC roofs: Moment framed, Flat slab and Flat
plate, Filler slabs, Waffle slab.
2. RCC Moment framed: Principles and methods of construction including
detailing of Reinforcement.
3. RCC Flat Plate & Slab: Principles and methods of construction including
detailing of Reinforcement.

Teaching- Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Learning
Process
studio teachers. Study of material application in the form of portfolio.

Module-2

4. RCC filler slabs: Principles and methods of construction. Introduction to

different filler materials, Mangalore tiles, Burnt Clay Bricks, Hollow Concrete
blocks, Stabilized Hollow Mud blocks, Clay pots, Coconut shells etc.
5. RCC Waffle slabs: Principles and methods of construction
Teaching- Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged
Learning
Process
by studio teachers. Study of material application in the form of portfolio.

Module-3
6. Structural steel as a building material: Types, properties, uses,
manufacturing methods. Life cycle and environmental impact of steel
7. Steel construction: Steel columns/Stanchions/beam construction; Principles
and methods of construction. (Reuse and repurpose of steel construction and
demolition waste).
Teaching- Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Learning studio teachers. Study of material application in the form of portfolio.
Process

Module-4
8. Steel doors and windows: Study of joinery details.
9. Steel doors for garages and workshops: uses and manufacturing methods.
10. Collapsible gate and rolling shutters: uses and manufacturing methods.

Teaching- Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Learning
Process
studio teachers. Study of material application in the form of portfolio.

Module-5
11. Aluminium as a building material: Types, properties, uses, manufacturing
methods and Life cycle environmental impact of aluminium (including its
thermal properties, energy needs during construction phase). Detailing of
aluminium partitions.
12. Aluminium doors and windows: Casement, Pivot, Sliding type: Study of joinery
details. (Reuse and repurpose of Aluminium construction and demolition waste).

Teaching- Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Learning
Process
studio teachers. Study of material application in the form of portfolio.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

1. The students will be able to understand the critical aspects of structural systems in RCC.
2. The student will be able to relate architectural drawings to structural consultant’s drawings.
2. The students will be able to appreciate and use of other materials like steel, Aluminium for buildings.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- Submission of construction drawing sheets, Journal of
materials, Multiple Choice Question, Quizzes, Open book test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40% marks in SEE to pass.
Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Methods suggested: Submission of Construction sheets, Journal of Materials, Test, Written Quiz, Seminar,
report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topics for the test, Written Quiz, and Seminar. In the beginning, only the
teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for Viva-
voce examination, atleast one day prior to Viva-voce examination to the course teacher/coordinator.

2. The work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course teacher or
an internal examiner.

3. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to VTU
in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books;
1) Chudley , Construction Technology, ELBS, 1993
2) Barry, Construction of Buildings, East West Press, 1999

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kjmPv1d1ohM
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_JMtIkNkzbk
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VdhOO3N2E00
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_XL2KXnuj0Q
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hCEvmTSBj4Y


Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Activity 1- Site visit to observe flat slab, filler slab and other type of roofs
Activity 2- Observe and understand technical construction methods and materials (as
studied in this module) and document the same in a report.

Activity 3 – Visit to local workshop or a construction site to observe the steel and
Aluminium components are made and document the same in a report.
 History of Architecture -IV
Course Code 21ARC43 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
To study the evaluation of Greek, Roman, Byzantine, Medieval and Gothic architecture through critical
analysis of appropriate examples.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Use of theory, activities, sketches, drawings, assignment and tutorial for teaching.
2. Evaluation by quiz, tests, classroom activities.

Module-1
1. Classical Greek Architecture 1: Critical appreciation of works and synoptic study of architectural
characteristic features from the Greek early periods.
2. Classical Greek Architecture 2: Critical appreciation of works and synoptic study of architectural
characteristic features from the Greek later periods, Doric, ionic and Corinthian orders and optical
correction.
3. Greek architecture Typologies: Study of principles of design of Greek buildings through study of
three kinds of Architecture: a) Monumental (Built to impress and Last) ex. Parthenon, Theatre at
Epidauros. b) Domestic (Built to inhabit): House of Colline, House of Masks, etc. and c) Civic space: The
Agora and Acropolis.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-2

4. Introduction to Roman Architecture: Critical appreciation of works and synoptic study of

architectural characteristic features from the Roman periods. Study of Tuscan and composite orders.
5. Roman architecture Typologies 1: Study of principles of design of Roman buildings through study of
proportion, composition, visual effects etc. in Monumental (Built to impress and last) Pantheon,
Colosseum, Thermae of Caracalla, Pont du Gard, Nimes, Basilica of Trajan.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-3
6. Roman architecture Typologies 2: Study of principles of design of Roman buildings through study of
Domestic (Built to inhabit)-House, villa and apartments.
7. Roman architecture Typologies 3: Study of principles of design of Roman buildings through study of
Civic space with elements like triumphal arch, Column of Trajan(Septimius Severus), Roman Forum.
8. Early Christian: Evolution of architecture parallel to the evolution of religious practices. Study of
principles of design of buildings through study of three kinds of Architecture: a) Monumental b)
Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-4
9. Byzantine: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of its Architecture:
a) Monumental; Hagia Sophia b) Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space-St.Marks Venice.
10. Medieval: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of its Architecture: a)
Monumental; Pisa Cathedral, the Campanile and Baptistery, Angouleme Cathedral b) Domestic (Built to
inhabit) and c) Civic space; Pisa.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-5
11. Gothic: Study of principles of design of buildings through study of its Architecture:
a) Monumental; Notre Dame, Paris. b) Domestic (Built to inhabit) and c) Civic space;
12. Gothic: Study of Gothic Architecture, typical characteristics including the pointed arch, the ribbed
vault and the flying buttress, aesthetic elements with examples like Chartres Cathedral: French High
Gothic style
NOTE: Progressive marks to include Submission of sketch book, study models relating to structure,
aesthetics and building typology resulting from different functions.

Teaching-
Learning 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Process 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
1) The students will be able to learn and compare various styles of Architecture.
2) The students will be able to appreciate the scale of buildings.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
11. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
12. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Theory paper will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books:
1. Bannister Fletcher , "History of Architecture", CBS Publishers, 1992
2. Henri Stierlin, "Architecture of the world - Greece", Herron Books 1994
3. Henri Stierlin, "Architecture of the world - The Roman Empire", Taschen Pub., 1997 .
4. Henri Stierlin , "Architecture of the world - Romanesque", Taschen Pub., 2008.
5. James Stevens Curl," Classical Architecture", W. W. Norton & Company; Reissue edition, 2003.
Robert Adam, " Classical Architecture", Harry N. Abrams; 1st edition, 1991

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6bDrYTXQLu8
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yGPevxwITBE
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M8adUsbspfw

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

1) Sketching of the historical buildings from a Book
2) Group or Individual seminar on a building
3) Quizzes, debates on a selected topic
 Building Services -II (Electrical Services and Illumination)

Course Code 21ARC44 CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
: To introduce students to electrical services and illumination and to sensitize them with
respect to their integration into Architectural Design.
To introduce students to the green building councils of India and codes (BEE, GRIHA,
IGBC).
To sensitize students about the energy consumption and carbon emissions of different
electrical equipment, technologies and lighting.
To address energy requirements in different socio-economic sections of the society.
Introduction and study of renewable energy systems.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Use of theory, activities, sketches, drawings, assignment and tutorial for teaching.
2. Evaluation by quiz, tests, classroom activities.

Module-1

Electrical Services - Electricity Generation; Transmission and

Distribution

1. Introduction to Electrical Services: Introduction to commonly used

terminology – Voltage, Current, Power, Connected Load, Max. Demand, Load
Factors, Diversity Factor Etc.; Importance of Electrical Services and Its
implications on building design; Introduction to Codes and Standards like
National Building Code, National Electric Code (including Renewable/Clean
energy/ Green Building codes), IS Codes, State Electricity Board and Chief
Electrical Inspectorate Guidelines

2. Supply and distribution of electricity to buildings: Brief introduction to

various Sources for Electricity generation. Introduction to Transmission and
Distribution system (from generation to Building’s main) - Cables–HT/LT, Voltage
Levels, Sub-Stations, Ring Main Units, Metering Panels, HT Panel, Transformers.

3. Green Power Generation and minimising ecological imbalance through

sustainable Green technologies for the safety of people.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss Electrical services in a
Learning
Process
buildings,.
 2) The students can visit an electrical substation to understand electrical
distribution in an area with details.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-2

Electrical Services - Internal Electrical distribution systems and Renewable

Energy Systems

4. Residential Building internal electrical distribution system & Commercial

Building internal electrical distribution system: Power Requirement,
Incoming Power Source Voltage, RMU, Transformers, HT Metering & Sub
Metering Panels, LT Panels, Rising Mains, Sub-Mains, Circuit-Mains, Generators,
UPS requirements, Server power requirements, Point Wiring, Point Matrix, Utility
Loads, Wiring Systems, Wiring Installation systems, sustainable (solar/wind
powered) electrical generation and distribution systems in high rise buildings
(Activity 1, 2 and 3)

5. Introduction to Renewable Energy Systems (On-Site and Off-Site):

Understanding the primary importance of thermal load reduction (i.e. reducing
artificial cooling and heating energy needs in buildings) as a prerequisite for Net
Zero Energy Building Design. Solar, Wind, Bio-Mass, Achieving Net Zero Building
Design through utilization of above natural resources; Energy Conservation
techniques in Electrical systems. (Activity 4 )

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss Electrical services in a
Learning
Process
building.
2) The students need to draw an electrical layout of a building with
details.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-3

Electrical Services - Protection Systems

6. Switchgear & Protection Devices – Fuses, Breakers: Miniature Circuit

Breakers; Earth

Leakage Circuit Breakers; Moulded Case Circuit Breakers & Air Circuit Breakers
and Protection Relays.
7. Earthing& Lightning Protection System: Definition, Purpose; Types of Earthing
Systems, Factors affecting selection and system specification - Type of Soil, water
table, soil resistivity etc. Brief about new advances in earthing systems; Lightning
system design - Factors affecting the system specification, basic rules as per NBC
and other relevant codes.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss Electrical systems in
Learning buildings.
Process
2) The students to sketch the protection systems employed in a building.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-4
ILLUMINATION

8. Fundamentals: Quality & Quantity of Lighting; Recommended Lux Levels; Type

of Lamps – Incandescent, Discharge Lamps, Fluorescent, CFL, LED and OLED.
Integration of Day lighting with Artificial Lighting, Control Systems, Laws of
illumination, high energy and low energy (sustainable) lighting.

9. Techniques, Principles and Applications: Lighting Methods - Ambient, Task &

Accent lighting; Systems of Luminaries - Up-Lighting, Down-Lighting, Spot
Lighting etc.; Street Lighting, Façade Lighting, Landscape Lighting, Architectural
Typologies; Preparation of Lighting Layout.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss Illumination services in
Learning
Process
buildings.
2) The students to sketch the illumination systems employed in a building.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-5

EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS AND LOAD ESTIMATION

10. Extra Low Voltage systems: Telephone; Data & Cable TV Networking; Service
provider requirements; Point matrix for Individual residential / Apartment.

11. Electrical Layout Design and Load Estimation: Residential Electrical Layout
Design (using symbols as per IS codes), Compliance to local building codes; and
Electrical Load Calculations.

Teaching-
Learning Case studies: Typical Layouts & Layout Generation for Lighting,
Process Transformers Yards, Generator Rooms, Lighting layouts for shops/clinic.

Site Visits: Sub-Stations, Transformer Yards, Generator Yards and Panel

Rooms etc. of Multi- storied Residential Buildings/Campus, Hotels,
Hospital & IT Buildings etc. (Activity 5)
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
1) The students will be able to learn the importance of electrical services in a building.
2) The students will be able to appreciate the importance of electrical services in buildings.
3) The students will be able to do the service drawings and coordinate with electrical
consultant’s services in buildings.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
13. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
14. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Theory paper will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. L.Uppal ; Electrical Wiring, Estimating & Costing.
2. Aly. S. Dadras (1995), Electrical Systems for Architects by N.G.A.R.B. McGraw-Hill.
3. Anwari ; Basic Electrical Engineering.
4. National electric Code, Indian Electricity Rules 1956, Energy Conservation and Building
Code.
4. Handbook of Lighting Design by RuedigerGanslandt, Harald Hofmann; ERCO Edition
5. Fundamentals of Lighting by Susan M. Winchip.
6. National Building Code, 2016 – Part 8 (Section 1, 2, 6).
7. Code of Practice for Interior Illumination (IS 3646-1 (1992); Indian Standard - BIS.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8DEap6exAB0
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qY_VzvksNa8
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ofWq03WPeK0
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IebflvdLVvM
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cr71HlSw6k

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Activity 1: Energy Audit of Own Shelter using electricity bill, Students will get an idea about the
most energy intensive devices in their homes, and how they can reduce energy consumption
from these devices.

Activity 2: Calculate the EPI (energy performance index) of college building. Students will be
able to compare the energy performance of the college building with the EPI benchmark set by
the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) for institutes.

Activity 3 - study and comparison of solar powered and fossil fuel powered residential and
commercial building

Activity 4 - Study the current landscape and government programs and 2030 climate targets in
the context of clean or renewable energy. Critically, analyze the effect of India’s solar plans.

Activity 5 - Energy calculation of a residential complex vs. informal settlement vs. mall,
draw comparisons and the narrative of inequitable energy consumption and climate
injustice

Building Structure -III

Course Code 21ENG 45 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks(Viva) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:
1) To understand the fundamental principles and structural behaviour of concrete
buildings in withstanding gravity, lateral (seismic and wind), and other
environmental forces.
2) To understand the mechanics of reinforced concrete, and the ability to design
and proportion structural concrete members including slabs, beams, and
columns.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss Reinforced Cement Concrete and its application
in buildings.
2) The students need to sketch various RCC components in a simple on building
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-1
1) Introduction to Reinforced Cement Concrete.
2) Properties of materials - with emphasis on cement, fine aggregates, coarse
aggregates, admixtures

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss Reinforced Cement Concrete and its
Learning application in buildings.
Process
2) The students need to visit sites and Concrete lab to understand the properties
of RCC mix design.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-2

3) Mechanics of Reinforced Cement Concrete

4) Loads on the structure as per IS 875
5) Concrete structural system design

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss mechanics of Reinforced Cement
Learning Concrete.
Process
2) The students need to visit sites and Concrete lab to understand the
properties of RCC mix design.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-3
6) Design of one way continuous slab - as per IS 456[using the BM coefficients given in IS
456]
7) Design of singly reinforced continuous beam as per IS 456 (using the BM & SF
coefficient given in IS 456).

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss application of Reinforced Cement
Learning Concrete for slabs and Beams.
Process 2) The students to design slabs and Beams in class using IS 456 codes
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-4
8) Design of Tee beam as per IS 456 - using limit state philosophy.
9) Design of staircase as per IS 456 - using limit state philosophy.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss application of Reinforced Cement
Learning Concrete for slabs and Beams.
Process
2) The students to design Tee Beams and staircases in class using IS 456 codes
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-5
10) Design of Axially loaded short columns.
11) Design of isolated column footing.
12) Data given drawing for different cases viz.
a. Singly reinforced beam
b. Doubly reinforced beam
c. One way slab
d. Two way slab - for at least 2 cases
e. Staircase detailing (dog legged staircase)
f. Cantilever slab.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss application of Reinforced Cement
Learning Concrete for columns and footings.
Process
2) The students to design Columns and footings in class using IS 456 codes
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

1) The students will be able to learn the importance of R C C in a building.
2) The students will be able to analyse the forces acting in structural system in buildings.
3) The students will be able to understand the IS Codes and expect the structural drawings for
buildings are complied with the codes.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough
sheets for the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
1. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.
2. The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and
submitted to VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested
. Learning Resources:
Books

1) Dr. S. Ramamrutham, "Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures",

DhanpatRaiPublishing Co Pvt Ltd, January 2010.
2) Dr.H.J.Shah, "Reinforced Concrete Vol 1 (Elementary Reinforced Concrete)",
Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.; 11th Edition edition (2016)
3) Dr.S.S. Bhavikatti, "Design Of R.C.C. Structural Elements", Volume1., New Age
International, 2007
4) IS 456-2000 Plain and Reinforced Concrete - Code of Practice
5) SP 34 (1987): Handbook on Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HLj5xhvAh1s
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M7Q3Jaqqdt4
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tyHfmrOO_fk

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
1) Visit to a construction site to evaluate Various RCC components in a building.
2) Seminar by students in groups on their learnings.

Constitution of India & Professional Ethics

Course Code 21CIP46 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 13 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Course objectives:
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2

Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5


Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
19. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
20. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
21. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
22. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
23. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
24. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End
Suggested Examination:
Learning Resources:
Theory
Books SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Computer Application in Architecture -I

Course Code 21ARC47 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:4:0 SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy 55 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:

To develop and train students to use computers and digital media as tools to explore,
develop, evaluate and present architectural ideas. To equip the student with a range of
digital tools and techniques in 2D drafting, 3D modelling, and vector graphics.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss commands, tools and other application in
making a drawing.
2) The students need to practice the commands and tools in a simple building drawing.
3) Quizzes, virtual models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-1
1. Introduction to 2D drafting software: Using latest version of relevant CAD software:

a. 2D commands, viewports, dimensions, annotations. Time problem introduction;

Classroom exercises such as measured drawing of studio (windows, doors and

staircases included), architecture School (windows, doors and staircases included)
etc.

b. Understanding layers, paper space Vs model space, line weights, print set up and
 Modelling of Walls, Doors, Windows, Stairs etc.

2. 2D drafting: Presentation of time problem; plan, sections, elevations of a floor

of a single storied building of II / III semester architectural design studio
project.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss commands, tools and other
Learning application in making a drawing.
Process
2) The students need to practice the commands and tools in a simple building
drawing.
3) Practice the use of layers in a drawing.

Module-2

3. Introduction to 3D modelling: Latest version of relevant 3D modelling software –

software interface, demonstration of 3D modelling commands required to convert
2D project (of 2D drafting) into 3D as a time-problem.

4. Simple 3D modelling: Presentation of time problem; drawing quickly with basic

shapes in 3D, viewing models in 3D, adding detail to Models in 3D space, use of
cameras, material applications. Presenting models.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss commands, tools and other
Learning application in making a 3D drawing.
Process
2) The students need to practice the 3D commands and tools in a simple
building drawing.
3) Practice the use of 3D modelling in a drawing.

Module-3

5. Rendering & Visualization: Presentation of time problem, generating 3D Model and

introduction to concepts of visualization using rendering engines such as V-Ray.
Flamingo, 3D studio Max or any other appropriate software.

6. Introduction to concepts of Building Information Modelling (BIM) using REVIT

or other relevant BIM software.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss rendering tools and other
Learning application in visualization.
Process 2) The students need to practice the rendering software in a simple building
drawing.
3) Practice the use of 3D modelling with rendering in a drawing.

Module-4

7. Introduction to graphics editing tools:

a. Introduction to appropriate techniques to model walls, insert
fenestration, curtain walls & staircases.
 b. Lecture and Classroom exercise to convert into BIM project,
relationship of other Industry standard file types (.dwg for AutoCAD
or Trimble Sketch up input files or from any other relevant software.).
c. Lecture and Classroom exercise to further utilize rendering and
visualization

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss graphics editing tools and other
Learning application in visualization.
Process
2) The students need to practice the BIM software in a simple building drawing.
3) Practice the use of various applications in BIM software in a project work.

Module-5
8. a. Concepts of image scanning, image editing, effects and filters.
b. Classroom exercise to demonstrate use of Image editing for simple architecture
design project projects. For e.g., rendering of 2D drawings, adding nature to 3D
visualizations.

9. Graphics editing tools: – Presentation of any simple project to illustrate skills

attained in 2D drafting, 3D modelling, graphics editing tool.

NOTE: A portfolio of exercises and assignments done in the class to be

submitted for progressive marks.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss Image editing works.
Learning 2) The students need to practice the imaged editing in a simple building drawing.
Process
3) Practice the use of various graphics editing tools in a project work.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

1) The students will be able to learn the computer aided drafting and designing.
2) The students will be able to use the learnings for their academic projects in higher classes.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE) `
(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio/lab discussions, Reviews, Time problems,
test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40 % marks in SEE to
pass. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 100 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be
awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project,Quiz, report
writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Design and Seminars if any, in the beginning
only. The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. There is no Semester End Exam (SEE) The CIE marks list generated is to be signed by the internal
examiners and submitted to VTU as per the procedure through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books:

1. Website and training material of relevant Image/Graphics editing software

2. Learning resources on Building Information Management (BIM).
3. Vast amount of CAD learning resources available on the Internet.
4. Vast amount of learning resources for Graphics editing tools available on the Internet.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p-qA3SlLDfA
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9j9ZAEXB3Z8
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hO865EIE0p0

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

1. The students are encouraged to make a project of previous semester Architectural

Design in to a computer aided drawings 2D & 3D with rendering and photo editing.

2. students are encouraged to use Building Energy Modelling Software and

Sustainable Cooling System Modelling Tools (e.g. ISHRAE’s Smart Energy Software) to
enable students to estimate energy conservation and climate impact mitigation of
their design projects through integration of passive design features such as
insulation, shading, thermal mass, appropriate window-wall-ratios etc. and
sustainable cooling systems (including direct and indirect evaporative cooling,
radiant cooling, structure cooling) in the above project.
 Elective-2
Course Code 21ARC48 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:0:0:0 SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 100
Credits 02 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
1) To gain experience in aspects of Architecture not offered in the regular curriculum.
2) To study particular areas of the curriculum in greater depth.
3) To explore career opportunities in the allied fields.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1) The teacher may use conventional method or an innovative method to deal with the subject.
2) The students need to work with hands on experiences to gain an expertise of the chosen field.
3) The teacher needs to use performance assessments to develop real life skills in the students.

a. ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIVE ARCHITECTURE

OBJECTIVE: To develop awareness and familiarity with green design and its integration
with Architectural design.

OUTLINE:
1) Introduction to Green Buildings: Why make Buildings Green? Concept and necessity.

2) Green Building Rating System: The seven categories in the rating system :
Sustainable Sites, Water Efficiency, Energy & Atmosphere, Materials & Resources,
Indoor Environmental Quality, Innovation in Design and Regional Priority.

3) Introduction to a design exercise (Project application): Design of a small

building with an objective to integrate categories of green building rating.

4) Sustainable Sites: Site Specific Design; Development Density and Community

Connectivity, Alternative Transportation, Site Development, Storm water Design
and Heat Island Effect.

5) Water Efficiency: Innovative Wastewater Treatment and Reuse and Water Use
Reduction and Re-use factors.

6) Energy and Atmosphere: Optimization of Energy Performance, On-site

Renewable Energy, Enhanced Commissioning and Green Power. To apply the
principles of Solar Passive Architecture to design of buildings.

7) Materials and Resources: Building Reuse: Maintain Existing Walls, Floors, and
Roof, Construction Waste Management, Materials Reuse, Recycled Content,
Regional Materials and Certified Wood.

8) Indoor Environmental Quality: Construction Indoor Air Quality Management

Plan and Daylight and Views. Rating Systems: GRIHA and LEED Systems.
 9) Regional Priority: To provide incentive for project teams to address
geographically significant environmental local issues. Introduction to passive
techniques of cooling such as evaporative cooling, earth tubing, wind scoops, roof
ponds, shaded courtyards etc.

10) Review of a design project considering various factors listed above.

Activity Based Learning: Calculate the carbon footprint of material used in building a formal house
and an informal house. Include the carbon footprint of functions/ operations of the respective
houses. Reflect on the scores and analyze the reasons. Document how lifestyles of residents of
formal and informal houses contribute to carbon footprint.

REFERENCES:
1. Steemers, Koen and Steane, Mary Ann. Environmental Diversity in Architecture,
Spon Press, 2004.
2. McGlynn, Sue et al,. Responsive Environments, Architectural Press, 2008

b. PRODUCT DESIGN

OBJECTIVES:

1) To introduce the students to the discipline of Product Design

2) To develop basic skills required in handling simple product design projects

OUTLINE:

Preamble:
We live in a world of objects. Objects can have meanings, carry associations or be
symbols of more abstract ideas. These objects are predominantly functional in nature,
some are purely symbolic / decorative in nature and there are a few which combine
both the functional with the symbolic and decorative.

Great Architecture has demonstrated this fusion of the functional with the symbolic
through the ages. Product design, on a smaller scale, seeks to blend the technical with
the aesthetic, the utilitarian with the emotional delight; the dialogue between what
people need / want vs what people will buy / discard.

1. Product design as a noun: the set of properties of an artifact, consisting of

the discrete properties of the form (i.e., the aesthetics of the tangible good
and/or service) and the function (i.e., its capabilities) together with the
holistic properties of the integrated form and function.
 2. Product design as a verb: the process of creating a new product to be sold by
a business to its customers. A very broad concept, it is essentially the efficient
and effective generation and development of ideas through a process that
leads to new products.

3. Product design process: from idea generation to commercialization; concept,

development, detail; materiality, technicality, Imageability.

4. Relationship between Design, Technology and Product.

5. History of product design as a discipline, the various theories of design via
study of design practices.

6. Mode and method of Design Process as applicable to product ideation and

development.

7. Materials and manufacturing process and its influence on product ideation

and development.

8. Influence of ergonomics on product ideation and development.

9. Impact of culture i.e. the aesthetics on product ideation and development, the
dialogue between people’s aspirations and people’s needs.

10. Relationship and difference between craft based and mass manufactured products.

11. Market as a tool for product promotion.

12. Indian aesthetic sense and its influence on product ideation and development.

13. Influence of product design on other disciplines like automobile styling,

furniture, jewellery, toys, systems design, computer interfaces, etc.

Class assignments / exercises:

Short projects along with a time problem will be tackled in the class exploring the
influences of design process, and ergonomics on the product ideation and
development.

The student will also study the product changes that will occur through the
choices made of materials, manufacturing process, and marketing techniques.

Discussions, video presentations, seminars and case studies will cover all the other topics

Activity Based Learning: Study a few houses in Informal settlements. Based on their
requirements, design a multipurpose product or spatial resolution that can help informal
household dwellers makes their small spaces more multi functional. (Could be an
architectural system, furniture, modular low cost housing, etc.)
 REFERENCES:

1. Alexander, Christopher ,Notes on the Synthesis of Form, Harvard University

Press, 1964

2. Morris, R, The fundamentals of product design, AVA Publishing 2009

c. HERITAGE DOCUMENTATION
OBJECTIVE: To understand the character of a settlement, street, building, spaces, materials
through a process of measured drawings and photographic documentation.

OUTLINE:

1. Introduction to Documentation

- Need for Documentation undertaken? Tools for Documentation available,

Methodology, Importance of Archival research, Old Photographs, Maps etc

2. Site work

- Secondary information on the /street/heritage

- Reconnaissance survey of the /street/heritage building;
- Mapping of the street
- Identification of selected typology of structures for detailed measured drawing
- Recording of measurements- horizontal, vertical, measuring angles, marking
center lines, datum, notations, building orientation
- Legend of materials used; Structural details and joineries
- Details of various elements – openings, ornamental details
- Mapping activities in various locations
- Supporting sketches
- Information on people, surroundings, climate, Access to site
3. Preparation of Drawings

- Developing drawings from the field data – Plans at various levels, Building floor
plans, Reflected ceiling plans, roof plans, all elevations, relevant sections.
- Drawings of details such as openings, ornamental details, joineries
4. Analysis:

- Analysis as tools for understanding and interpreting the measured drawings

-
Activity Based Learning: Documentation of an old Heritage structure (or any local
informal settlement) redevelopment / up gradation/ rehabilitation program and
the consequences on livelihoods, current informal architecture, increased
vulnerabilities of the community, etc.
 REFERENCES:
1) Building Craft Lab- DICRC, CEPT University

OPEN ELECTIVE:
The college has the discretion to offer an open elective in the areas/subject/fie other than already
covered under the syllabus. The college can decide to offer need based electives depending on the
availability of the expertise. However, the college will require to submit the title of such electives
with the course outline stating learning objectives and mode of delivering the content to the
Registrar/Registrar (evaluation) within the 15 days of the commencement of the semester.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

1) To develop desired knowledge and skill in a particular domain of Architecture
2) To develop an understanding of the processes required for the particular subject.
3) To develop an expertise in the chosen field for career enhancement.

Assessment Details (CIE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio/ Class room/Tutorial discussions, Reviews,
Time problems, test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 100% and there is no Semester End Exam
(SEE) .The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks in CIE and is conducted for 100 marks. Based
on the CIE marks grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz, report writing
etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the course of learning for the Elective subject, in the beginning only.
The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. There is no Semester End Exam (SEE) The CIE marks list generated is to be signed by the internal
examiners and submitted to VTU as per the procedure through the Principal of the institution.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AU2wTudKmX8
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n6rPyLZiqlE
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KCcvnMb8vNY
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I0dGT5uzWEU

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

1) Students need to explore and meet an expert to understand the subject in a greater depth.
2) Students need to work with hands on experiences to develop desired skills in the field.
 Universal Human Values and Professional Ethics
Course Code 21UH9 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 13 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours 1
Course objectives:

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5


Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
25. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
26. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
27. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
28. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
29. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
30. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
17. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
18. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Theory paper will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks..

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN - V
Course Code 21ARC51 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:8 SEE Marks(VIVA) 100
Total Hours of Pedagogy 100 Total Marks 200
Credits 8 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:

1) To understand the need for creating architecture as an envelope to system dependent

program.
2) To understand the use of green technologies and materials developed in other fields
as a precursor to creating architecture.
3) To identify and understand the role of sustainable systems and services in the design
of buildings; significance of passive/natural cooling systems, material and
construction techniques; climatic factors.
4) Introduction to development Regulations (building byelaws and rules); circulation
networks (people, vehicular access), site planning.
5) To explore Computer Aided Design techniques to generate drawings and models to
better understand envelopes and systems in architecture, including the impact of
envelope design on building cooling energy needs.
6) To understand the (thematic) abstract, organic character of architecture
(symbolism, aesthetics, identity) in the public domain; influence of environmental,
socio-cultural, economic dimensions; user perception.

OUTLINE:

(a) Familiarize with the impact of technology, utilities, and regulations in shaping
architecture
(b) Understand the various complex parameters to be considered while designing in the
public domain

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1) The contents of the courses shall be taught in an application-oriented manner on a
scientific and design basis. The course contents shall be taught and learned in lectures,
seminars, labs or workshops, studio exercises and design projects, etc.
2) In-studio exercises the teachers shall take the lead to provide tasks and offer guidance
for solutions finding. The students shall work either individually or in groups.
3) In design studios, the students contribute to the processing, analysis and solving of
problems of direct professional practice, attended by faculty(s) entitled to conduct the
studio and examine. The results shall be defended through drawings; models and reports
and evaluated through periodic assessment and finally by a jury or panel, and finally,
evaluated through periodic assessment and an end semester examination or viva voce.
MODE OF STUDY: 3 component approach to the Design Studio:
A. Literature review and case studies: Learning from detailed study and analysis
of building systems and envelopes (and understanding the underlying building
physics of systems and envelopes) ; character of public buildings through
literature review and visiting buildings in varied settings (urban, contemporary,
permanent and temporary).
B. Seminars: Seminars are intended to review parallel academic studies completed
up to and during 5th semester studies in Building
Construction/Structures/history/computer graphics, climatology/services and
its importance and integration with the studio.
C. Design Projects: Studio projects shall emphasize the non-linear
interdisciplinary design process encountered in Architectural design and the
importance of other fields of knowledge in Architectural Design. The Design
Studio will give prominence to bridging the gap between innovations in materials
and techniques of construction. An essential part of the studio process should be
peer reviews and reviews by consultants in the field of Structures, Utilities and
Services.
D. The Design studio will also give importance to include and encourage the use of
passive design features, natural cooling systems, sustainable active cooling
system using natural and low global warming potential refrigerants, vernacular,
local, and low embodied energy/carbon materials and sustainable water, waste
management systems.

Assignment-1: Case Study

1. Detailed review of each of the building types:
retail/hospitality/transport/traditional informal market. Students are split into
four groups; each group assigned to perform a case study of one building type.
Short study trips to observe, discuss and document building types:
retail/hospitality/transport/markets, building projects in the vicinity of their
colleges.
2. The emphasis should be on conceptual understanding and accurate measured
drawing.

3. Attention should be given to Structures, Utilities and Services and Sustainable and
Passive energy systems.
4. Sketches and documentation should show observations and inferences from the
studies.

Assignment-2: Seminars
1. Overview by a PHE, MECH/Elec., HVAC (including sustainable HVAC technologies
including radiant cooling, direct evaporative and indirect evaporative cooling,
structure cooling, vapour absorption cooling and natural refrigerant air
 conditioning), fire fighting, storm water, water recycling, waste and solar
consultant on what to expect and practical rules of thumb to help students plan.

2. Overview by a Structural consultant on large span structural systems in parallel

academic studies of 5th semester in Materials and Methods in Building
Construction – V and Building Structures -IV.

3. Discussion on innovations in green sustainable materials and techniques of

construction and passive energy systems.

Assignment-3: Projects
One major project and one minor/time problem to be tackled in the semester. Projects
shall be of urban scale with multiple functions and a need for imagery as one of the
architectural goals. It encompasses response to the local context, locally adapted passive
design features and cooling systems, natural cooling systems, materials and sustainable
architectural design and systems (Activity 1). Museums, art galleries, theme-based
hotels, transport interchanges, terminals and shopping, Industrial structures areas can
be chosen.
Project work could be done in 3 stages of activity interspersed with seminars.

1) Introduction to the initial design parameters which include choice of;

a. Geography/situation (context),
b. User Group/development model,
c. Development guidelines (byelaws).

2) Approaches and strategies to address issues of community, public and private

realms, edge conditions, communication and connectivity. This could result in the
generation of diagrams/models exploring attitudes to site, allocation of built and
unbuilt volumes and communication and connectivity.

3) The design shall be sensitive to the needs of disabled, aged people and children.
4) The design shall also be sensitive to existing social and economic systems at the
site for e.g. existing informal settlements, markets, land usage patterns, etc. The
design should consider the existing site complexes and issues and inclusive of the
same.
5) The student shall consider appropriate application of passive design principles
(ventilation, insulation, shading, thermal mass etc.), passive, natural and
sustainable cooling systems along with sustainable active cooling systems.
It is recommended that site sizes should not be larger than 1 acre to allow for intensive
study. However the Design studio faculty shall determine the extent of the site size.

Projects shall be of urban scale with multiple functions; identity of public building
(aesthetics, symbolic character, meaning, and environmental response) will be one of the
architectural goals. Museums, art galleries, theme- based hotels, transport interchanges,
terminals, shopping areas, informal markets can be chosen. Design emphasis shall be on
the use of innovations in green materials and techniques of construction. Concurrently
 or sequentially, another project shall be attempted with utilities and service dominant
buildings with a focus on sustainable systems like pharmaceutical manufacturing units
or medical facilities or traditional skill based workshops or communities e.g., weaving,
potter community, waste picker community, etc.. Consultants in the field of utilities and
services shall be called as part of studio review.

Alternatively projects involving large span structures like industrial structures may be
attempted. Design emphasis shall be on the skins and support of structural systems and
resulting architectural form, space and experience.

NOTE:
● One major project and one minor/ time problem to be tackled in the semester.
● Detailing of architectural features of the major project like entrance lobby,
skylights and staircases has to be attempted.
● Submission shall comprise duly drawn/drafted site plans, elevations, section
views, models etc.

SHAPE OF THINGS TO COME – 6TH SEMESTER

This studio should equip a student to tackle the 6th Semester program like Institutional
projects of higher learning, vocational training or a small-scale campus.

Teaching-
Discussions, presentations, and case studies will cover three typologies.
Learning
Process The portfolio covering all the assignments shall be presented for term work.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

the student will be able to:
 Get an introduction into the field of Architectural Design with respect to sustainable Design
solutions.
 Make responsible choices for design development.
 Get a perspective on design of multi functional spaces in formal and informal settlements.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, test,
Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40 % marks in SEE to
pass. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 100 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be
awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or
micro project, Quiz, report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Design and
Seminars if any, in the beginning only. The teacher has to
announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough
sheets for the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
3. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.
4. The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and
submitted to VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Richard Patrick Parlour (200); "Building services: A Guide to Integrated Design:
Engineering for Architects"; 3rd Edition - Integral Publishing.
2. Paul Tymkow; Building Services Design for Energy Efficient Buildings.
3. Russell Fortmeyer, Charles Linn; Kinetic Architecture: Designs for Active
Envelopes.
4. Michael Fox; Interactive Architecture: Adaptive World (Architecture Briefs).
5. Prof. A.K.Bansal ; Solar Passive Design.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Activity 1: Research and document a building or a campus or a gated community which
has implemented several sustainable passive design techniques and approaches (such as
waste water, storm water, passive design, energy generation, materials, etc).
 Materials and Methods in Building Construction -V
Course Code 21ARC52 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:3 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 55 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
This course will further student’s understanding of the logic and details of construction
technologies of complex systems and their impact on production of complex buildings.
This course will also bring in the aspect of environmental impact, energy intensiveness,
carbon emissions and circularity (recyclability) of each material studied.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. The subject teacher to link the studio work with on site work by arranging site visits in the
nearby areas.
2. The Subject teacher to highlight the techniques of various types of steel trusses including
PEMB structures.

Module-1
1) Introduction to Steel plane Trusses: Construction of Steel trusses for various
spans, ridged truss, saw tooth truss with lattice girders, roof lighting, aluminium
sheet and profiled MS sheet cladding and roof fixing details. Energy intensiveness
and recyclability of steel as a material can be studied.

2) Detailing of Steel trusses: Tubular and L-angle trusses with 8-16m spans.

Teaching-
Learning Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Process studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a portfolio.
Module-2

3) Introduction to pre-engineering metal buildings - its manufacturing and

assembly process, details, market study and most importantly the materials energy
intensiveness and its impact on the environment.

4) Detailing of a Pre-engineered building: Including Roof fixing details with

aluminium sheet and profiled MS sheet cladding.

5) Introduction to large span roofs: Shell roof, vaults folded plate, geodesic domes,
space frame, tensile structures, pneumatic structures, etc.

Teaching-
Learning Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged
Process by studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a
portfolio.

Module-3
 6) Detailing of hyperbolic paraboloid shell roof: Principles and methods of
construction including form-work techniques and reinforcement details.

7) Detailing of folded plate and cylindrical shell roof: Principles and methods of
construction including form-work techniques and reinforcement details.

8) Detailing of a geodesic domes: Principles and methods of construction with

explorations using physical models.

Teaching-
Learning Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Process studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a portfolio.
Module-4
9) Detailing of a space frame; Principles and methods of construction with
explorations using physical models.
10) Tensile structures and pneumatic structures: Principles and methods of construction
with explorations using physical models.
Teaching- Minimum one plate relating to each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Learning studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of portfolio.
Process
Module-5
11) Plastics as a building material: types, properties, use, energy intensiveness,
environmental impact assessment and recycling and up cycling of plastics such as
polycarbonates, acrylics, PVC polymer films, and fibre reinforced plastic.
Application and details.

12) Waterproof components: Water Proofing elements, construction chemicals and

additives, adhesives, Polystyrenes, sealants. Detailing of waterproofing of
basement, toilets, terrace garden, plaster of Paris, gypsum, French drains etc.

13) Environment friendly materials: Bamboo, Adobe, Stabilised Mud Block, Green
innovations and materials developed out of waste, sustainable materials
available in the current market, study of case studies of sustainable
institutional/public buildings. Designing and detailing utilising above materials.

Teaching- Minimum one plate relating to each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Learning studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of portfolio.
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
1. The students will be able to understand the structural possibilities to cover large spans with different trusses.
2. The students will be able to appreciate and use different materials in building construction.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- Submission of construction drawing sheets, Journal of
materials, Multiple Choice Question, Quizzes, Open book test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40% marks in SEE to pass.
Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Methods suggested: Submission of Construction sheets, Journal of Materials, Test, Written Quiz, Seminar,
report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topics for the test, Written Quiz, and Seminar. In the beginning, only the
teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for Viva -
voce examination, atleast one day prior to Viva voce examination to the course teacher/coordinator.

2. The work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course teacher or
an internal examiner.

3. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to VTU
in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1) Emitt& Gorse (2006), “Barry’s Advanced Construction of Buildings”, Second
Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
2) Francis, D.K. (2008), “Building Construction Illustrated”, Fourth Edition, Wiley India
Pvt. Ltd.
3) Mackay, J.K. (2015), “Building Construction”, Fourth Edition, Pearson India.
4) Roy Chudley (2014), “Construction Technology” Second Edition, Pearson India.
5) Barry R. (1999) – Volume 3 & 4, “The Construction of Buildings”, Fourth Edition,
East-West Press Pvt Ltd., New Delhi.
6) Lyons Arthur (2014), “Materials for Architects and Builders”, Fifth Edition: 2014,
Routledge.
Varghese P.C. (2015), “Building Materials”, Second Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m3WsWcObNJo
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kFjhz9aEvdo
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nukB3qDckaE

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Activity 1- Site visit and study large span trusses through sketches, photos, make a
report of the study.

Activity 2- Observe and understand technical construction methods and materials for
space frames, tensile and pneumatic structures and document the same in a report.

Activity 3 – Site visit to a basement construction for water proofing. Discuss with an
expert and document the findings in a report.

History of Architecture -V
Course Code 21ARC53 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
To provide an introduction to the culture and architectural currents of Western Architecture during
Renaissance, Baroque, Neo Classical and Modern periods. To identify the socio-cultural changes aptly
reflected in the typology of buildings through this phase.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Use of theory, activities, sketches, drawings, assignment and tutorial for teaching.
2. Evaluation by quiz, tests, classroom activities.

Module-1
1) Introduction to Renaissance Architecture: Background and influences on Renaissance
Architecture. Characteristics of Renaissance Architecture in general. Monumental, public and
residential spaces.

2) Renaissance Architecture Examples: St Andrea, Mantua and Palazzo Rucellai by Leon Alberti,
Villa Rotunda (Capra) by Palladio, (New) St Peters’ Rome by Michelangelo and others, St Paul’s
London by Sir Christopher Wren. Baroque Architecture: General characteristics of Baroque. Eg: St
Peters’ Piazza by Bernini. Monumental, public and residential spaces.

3) 1750-1900 Transitional Period Architecture: A brief account of the situation before the
changeover to Modern architecture in Europe. Palladian Revival in Britain, Greek revival and
Gothic Revival. Transitional Period Examples: Chiswick House, London, Mere worth castle, Kent,
 St Pancras Church, London, West Minister Palace, London, Arc de Triomphe, Paris. Monumental,
public and residential spaces.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-2

4) Impact of Industrial Revolution in Europe: The Social, economic and political changes
effected, new requirements, functions, new materials and technological developments. New
proto types- Ex. Bridges, Expositions, Factories and Railway stations-Use of metal and glass.
palace. Monumental, public and residential spaces.

5) Early Modern Architecture I: Modern movement-Arts and crafts, Art-Nouveau, Italian

futurism-The Chicago School and rise of early sky scrapers-Ex Monadnock building, Carson
pierre Scott, store in New York-Public and private spaces Casa Mila, , Sagrada Familia church etc.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-3
6) Early Modern Architecture II: Destijl movement, Brutalian and Bahaus, Schroder House,
Ronchamp, Modern sky scraper, Mies Van der Rohe ( Glass and Steel), Bahaus School design-
Examples for the above movements for Public and private spaces and Monumental approach( eg
Sky scrapers)- IIT Campus buildings- Public and private spaces.
7) Modern Architecture III: Influence of concepts and ideas generated by FL Wright - Robie
House, Falling Waters, Guggenheim Museum, Johnson Wax Tower. Le Corbusier-Villa Savoy,
Domino House, Five points of Architecture. Mies Van der Rohe-Less is more, minimalism, Glass
and steel tower - Seagram.

8) Modern Architecture IV: Walter Gropius, Bahaus building, Fagus shoe Factory, Harward
campus, Team approach. Louis Sullivan-Chicago Auditorium, Wain Wright Building, Theory of
Sky scrapers. Alvar Aalto and his works.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-4
9) Modern Architecture V: International style, works of Eero Sarinen- TWA and Kennedy
Airports. Richard Neutra- Lovell Beach House. Phillip Johnson- Glass House, Museum Building.
Oscar Niemeyar-Work in Brazilia- Legislature building and Church. Monumental, public and
private spaces.

10) Modern Movement-VI: New Ideas – Archigram Britain-Walking City, Floating City etc. Kenzo
Tange- Japan-Floating City and Shimbon Office Building. Moshe Safdie- Housing in Isreal. Sir
Buck Minster Fuller-US Pavilion in Expo-67, Dymaxion Car, Bucki Dome- Public and private
Building and spaces.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-5
11) Modern Movement-VII: Brutalism- Works of Le Corbusier, Peter and Allison Smith, James
Sterling-Udse of Raw concrete, Ron champ, Nun’s Quarters-Lyon, Library-Oxford University,
elementary School by Smithsons- development of Corporate Sky Scrapers- New York- Having
multiple uses and tinted glass cladding, Rock Feller Centre-New York-Public and Private
examples.

12) Modern Movement-VIII: Parallel movement-Soviet Union of 1920‟s- Constructivist movement,

Modernism and works of Vladimir Tatlin- contributions of Engineers like Pierre Luigi Nervi-
Rome Olympic Buildings, Pirelli Tower Italy, Gustave Eiffel-Eiffel Tower, bridges, Statue of
Liberty base, Candela etc.

NOTE: Progressive Marks A) individual presentation by a Student on one topic. B) Group studies
of chosen issues. C) Impact of modernism on India.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

1) The students will be able to learn and compare various styles of Architecture.
2) The students will be able to appreciate the scale of buildings.
3) The students will be able to link the development from pre history to modern times.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
19. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
20. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Theory paper will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks.
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books:
1) Frampton Kenneth; “Modern Architecture – A Critical History”.
2) Fletcher, Bannister; “A History of Architecture”.
3) Siegfried Gideon; "Time, Space and Architecture".

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1ek1SI1oAwU
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sY7ZpGriNZA
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8iGx5Z6CW9w
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h-MXnqqNfOY

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

1) Sketching of the historical buildings from a Book.
2) Group or Individual seminar on a building.
3) Quizzes, debates on a selected topic.
 Sociology & Building Economics
Course Code 21HUM54 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
To familiarize students with the basic concepts of sociology and economics and their
influence on architecture and the environment and vice versa.
To guide students in critically analyzing common social and economic narratives to catalyse
them to work towards just architectural endeavours.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Use of social theories to understand group behaviour, attitude, values and beliefs,
2. Using case study methods to make concepts or contexts clear.
3. Evaluation by quiz, tests, classroom activities.

Module-1
1. Introduction to Sociology: Definition of Sociology; Nature, Scope and Utility of
Sociology; Branches of Sociology; Relation of Sociology and its branches to
architecture and the built environment.

2. Elements of Society: Biosocial and Socio cultural associations; Definitions of

sociological terms: society, community, family, culture; Difference between
society and community; Different family structures and architectural responses to
different family types in and outside India (examination of different housing
typologies responding to different family types – traditional and contemporary);
Relation between culture and built form (exploration of architectural examples.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the concepts in sociology.
Learning 2) The students need to do assignments for better understanding of the concepts.
Process 3) Quizzes, debates, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-2
 3. Communities: Origin, growth and nature of settlements and communities. Their
characteristics and spatial patterns.

4. Urban and Rural Communities: Definitions of the terms “urban” and “rural”. The
social, economic, ecological and spatial characteristics associated with urban and
rural settlements Social, ecological and economic relations and interdependencies
between urban and rural settlements. Urban sociology and rural sociology.

5. Cities and Society: Urbanization – definition; causes and effects (exploring social,
and economic factors influencing migration to urban areas) (Theory 1). Effects of
urbanization on rural areas. Impact of growing urbanization on urban life, viz.
health, housing, transportation. Different types of migration. The impact of
migration on urban form. The origin and characteristics of slums in European,
American and Indian cities. Official definition of slums as per Census of India.
Understanding cities as socio-ecological systems (Theory 2). Governmental and
non-governmental approaches to engaging with issues regarding slums in Indian
cities.

6. Social Research: The need for research; the research process; ethics of social
research; scope of social research. Difference between methodology and methods.
Types of research methods: qualitative, quantitative, mixed research methods.
Sources of research data: primary and secondary sources. Secondary data sources
include literature review, official and unofficial documents. Primary data sources
use methods such as field surveys, questionnaires, different types of interviews
(open-ended / closed / structured / semi- structured), Participatory Rural
Appraisal (PRA) and Rapid Rural Appraisal techniques2and case study approach.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the concepts in sociology.
Learning 2) The students need to do assignments for better understanding of the concepts.
Process
3) Quizzes, debates, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-3
7. Economics: Definition of economics; Definitions of terms: Goods; Utility, Value,
Price and Wealth. The relationship of economics with the built environment and
land use.
8. Economic organization of society: Different economic systems: capitalism;
socialism, communism, mixed-economies. Primary, secondary and tertiary sectors
of economy: agriculture, mining, manufacturing, banking, marketing, transport
and service sectors. Factors of production: land, labour, capital and
entrepreneurship. Relevance of factors of production to architecture and
construction practice.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the concepts in sociology.
Learning 2) The students need to do assignments for better understanding of the concepts.
Process 3) Quizzes, debates, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-4
9. Economics and the market: Production and Consumption, wants and needs and
their characteristics. Concepts of economics: Opportunity cost; Laws of supply
and demand; Laws of increasing, diminishing and constant returns; Standard of
living. Analysis of the housing market in Indian cities to understand the dynamics
of urban housing supply and demand in formal and informal settlements. Analysis
of affordable housing.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the concepts in Economics.
Learning 2) The students need to do assignments for better understanding of the concepts.
Process 3) Quizzes, debates, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-5
10. Urban land values: Various social, ecological, and economic factors affecting the
value of urban land in formal and informal spaces. Difference between land use
and land cover. Studying the characteristics of developed land in the city and real
estate development vision prevailing in cities (Activity 2) .The Bid Rent theory
that defines the relationship between location and land value. Theoretical city
models based on land use and land value.
11. Building Costs: Cost and cost indices. Total cost of construction. Time value of money.
Different sources of financing for buildings.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the concepts in Urban Economics.
Learning 2) The students need to do assignments for better understanding of the concepts.
Process
3) Quizzes, debates, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

1) The students will be able to apply the sociological issues in Architecture practice.
2) The students will be able to evaluate the importance of Economics in building construction.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Theory paper will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Openstax College (2012) Introduction to Sociology. Openstax College.
2. Samuelson, P. and Nordhaus, W. (2010) Economics. Mcgraw-Hill Education.
3. Yin, Robert K. (2014) Case Study Research Design and Methods (5th Ed.).
Thousand Oaks, CA:Sage.
4. Groat, Linda N. and David Wang (2013) Architectural Research Methods (2nd Ed.).
John Wiley & Sons.
5. Jones, Paul (2011). The Sociology of Architecture: Constructing Identities.
Liverpool, University Press.
6. Niva, V., Taka, M., &Varis, O. (2019). Rural-urban migration and the growth of
informal settlements: A socio-ecological system conceptualization with insights
through a “water lens”. Sustainability, 11(12), 3487.
7. DePaul, M. (2012). Climate change, migration, and megacities: addressing the dual
stresses of mass urbanization and climate vulnerability. Paterson Review of
International Affairs, 12, 145-162.
8. Shah, A., &Lerche, J. (2020). Migration and the invisible economies of care:
 Production, social reproduction and seasonal migrant labour in India.
Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 45(4), 719-734.
9. Marschall, S. (1998). Architecture as empowerment: The participatory approach
in contemporary architecture in South Africa. Transformation, (35).
10. Mann, Thorbjoern (1992) Building Economics for Architects. Wiley.

11. Du Plessis, C. (2008). Understanding cities as social-ecological systems.

12. McHale, M. R., Pickett, S. T., Barbosa, O., Bunn, D. N., Cadenasso, M. L., Childers, D. L., ...& Zhou, W.
(2015). The new global urban realm: complex, connected, diffuse, and diverse social-ecological
systems. Sustainability, 7(5), 5211-5240.

13. Douthwaite, R. (1993). The Growth Illusion: How Economic Growth Has Enriched the Few,
Impoverished the Many, and Endangered the Planet. Council Oak Books, 1350 East 15th Street,
Tulsa, OK 74120. (Chp 14)
14. Gibson-Graham, J. K., Hill, A., & Law, L. (2016). Re-embedding economies in ecologies: resilience
building in more than human communities. Building Research & Information, 44(7), 703-716.

15. Nagendra, H., Sudhira, H. S., Katti, M., &Schewenius, M. (2013). Sub-regional assessment of India:
effects of urbanization on land use, biodiversity and ecosystem services. In Urbanization,
biodiversity and ecosystem services: Challenges and opportunities (pp. 65-74). Springer,
Dordrecht.

16. Schumacher, E. F. 1973. Small is beautiful; economics as if people mattered. New York: Harper &
Row.

17. Jackson, Tim. 2016. Prosperity without Growth. 2nd ed. London, England: Routledge.

18. Raworth, K. (2017). Doughnut economics: seven ways to think like a 21st-century economist.
London: Random House.

19. Meadows, D. H., & Randers, J. (2013). Limits to growth. Chelsea Green Publishing

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=azZ7cEa-V7A
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lUUgIE9HZLE&list=PLVLoWQFkZbhXhD4Aj5QnT1lBvPleHOM8e
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DQq-zJPSf4U
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IyLwxnGVZjI
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Activity 1: Introduction to life cycle costs of a building: This aims at expanding the definition of costs
as being solely economic in nature. It aims to trigger thinking that encapsulates the
environmental costs of buildings in addition to economic costs.

Activity 2: Initiating understanding towards economy driven development:

Students are asked to read article/articles that critiques conventional notions of city
development and emphasises the need for people and ecology centric development.
eg: https://thewire.in/urban/our-cities-prioritise-real-estate-over-ecological-sustainability
Students are then divided in groups and asked to analyse the driving factors for these social,
ecological and economic injustices provoked by such activities and propose alternatives to
evade the negative implications of the development activity they read about.
 Building Services –III
(AIR-CONDITIONING, MECHANICAL TRANSPORTATION and FIRE PROTECTION)

Course Code 21ARC55 CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks(Viva) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:
To develop the knowledge and skills required for understanding the mechanical services in
buildings and their integration with architectural design.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Use of theory, activities, sketches, drawings, assignment and tutorial for teaching.
2. Evaluation by quiz, tests, classroom activities.

Module-1
MECHANICAL VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING - Introduction

1) Social and Environmental Issues related to conventional Refrigeration

and Air-conditioning: Climate Change and energy poverty implications of
energy consumption and refrigerants use by conventional Vapor-Compression
based RAC technologies, role of air conditioning in accelerating fossil fuel
extraction and precipitting the humanitarian injustices of the exploitative coal
mining economy, Global and Indian environmental, energy efficiency and green
building policies, laws and rules warranting a trajectory shift in the RAC
economy, introduction to Thermal comfort as an ‘ends’ and cooling systems as a
‘means’, Socio-economic and environmental benefits of a Negawatt approach to
energy conservation vs. a Megawatt approach towards power generation.
(Activity 1) (Activity 2)

2) Introduction to Mechanical Ventilation: Need for mechanic al ventilation

for spaces like Basements, Kitchen, Toilets, etc. Guidelines as per NBC /
ISHRAE: Types of ventilation systems.

3) Introduction to Systems for Thermal Comfort: Psychrometric processes for

achieving thermal comfort, Direct and Indirect Evaporative Cooling (Sensible
Cooling), Air-conditioning (Cooling and Dehumidification), Air &
Refrigeration cycles, Basics of Load Calculations, Zoning and Air Distribution,
Heating system (Activity 3) (Activity 4) (Activty 5)

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
 COOLING SYSTEMS

4) Cooling System Design Process: Integrated building cooling system design -

exploring the hierarchy of priority between thermal load reduction, passive
cooling, low carbon cooling technologies and renewable energy integration.
Methodology for selecting climate and context appropriate sustainable cooling
system: i.e. selecting the optimal (a combination of) cooling technologies with
lowest environmental impact and life-cycle cost from direct/indirect evaporative
cooling, radiant cooling, structure cooling, solar VAM air conditioning or natural-
refrigerant based vapor compression air conditioning through: tools for predicting
thermal comfort in buildings, principles and tools for climate analysis,
psychrometric processes of conventional and sustainable cooling technologies
and representation on psychrometric chart.
5) Climate Friendly Cooling Systems: a) Direct and Indirect Evaporative
Cooling Systems:Estimating supply air temperature of direct and indirect
evaporative cooling systems, calculating water requirements and cooling
effect (‘equivalent tonnage’) of, estimating air handling unit requirements, air
flowrate and fan power requirements for evaporative cooling systems,
estimating energy and climate impact benefits, understanding hybrid
evaporative + vapor compression air conditioning systems, b) Structure and
Radiant Cooling Systems:estimating thermal comfort conditions and operative
temperature achieved, calculating radiant surface area or structure cooling
coil length requirements, calculating cooling effect (‘equivalent tonnage’),
estimating air handling unit requirements for dedicated outdoor air system
(DOAS), understanding spatial design implications and civil-work
requirements for various radiant/structure cooling variants, estimating
energy and climate impact benefits, understanding hybrid structure/radiant
cooling + vapor compression air conditioning systems. (Activity 6) (Activity 7)
6) Climate Polluting Air Conditioning systems: Conventional Window, Split,
Packaged, Basics of Centralized Air- conditioning system, Water & Air Cooled
Chillers, Air Handling Units, Basics of duct sizing and routing, preferred
locations of equipment and Architectural Requirements of various equipment.
Illustration of duct layout through a small example. (Activity 8)
7) Specialized Air Conditioning Systems: Clean Rooms, Server, Hub & UPS
Rooms, Operation Theaters etc.

Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3
 MECHANICAL TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS IN BUILDINGS

8) Elevators: Types of Elevator systems, design considerations like Peak

Handling capacity, Average Waiting Time, Lift speed etc., Architectural
Requirements & Details for Elevator shaft - Elevator pit -
Elevator Machine Rooms, Automatic Rescue Device for Elevators ,
Elevator car interiors, Possible Location and arrangements of Elevators in a
building. Lift Acts and National Building Code.

9) Escalators &Travelators: Applications, Calculation of Traffic capacity,

Location and arrangements of escalators and travelators, inclination
factor.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
FIRE SAFETY IN BUILDINGS & PASSIVE FIRE PROTECTION
10) Introduction: Classification of fire, causes & hazards; Grading of
structural elements for its fire resistance as per NBC. Classification of building
types as per NBC and brief description of characteristics of combustible and
noncombustible materials.
11) Concepts in passive fire protection in buildings: Escape routes, fire
driveways, fire refuge area, fire assembly areas, pressurization, travel
distance, fire tower and compartmentation, fire signage’s etc.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
ACTIVE FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY IN HIGH RISE
BUILDINGS

12) Active fire control: Basic concepts in fixed fire fighting installations,
Fire sprinklers, Fire Hydrants, Automatic fire detection and alarm
systems.
13) National Building Code Requirements for Fire Safety: Rules for Fire
Protection and Fire Fighting Requirements for High Rise Buildings in India.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for
the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.

1. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.
2. The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and
submitted to VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1) Roy J Dossat , "Principles of Refrigeration" 1961, John Wiley & Sons.
2) ManoharPrasad , "Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Data Hand book" 2013, New
Age International, 2nd edition.
3) Don Kundwar , "Refrigeration and Air Conditioning", 2016, DhanpatRai& Co. (P)
Limited.
4) "National Building Code of India (NBC)", 2016, Bureau of Indian Standards
5) Walter T. Grondzik, Alison G. Kwok, "Mechanical and Electrical Equipment for
Buildings", 2010; 11th edition, Wiley Publication.
6) Shan K. Wang , "Handbook of Air Conditioning and Refrigeration", 2000, McGraw-Hill
Edu.
7) "National Building Code of India (NBC) 2016"; Part 8 Section 3 and 5 & Part 3 & 4, BIS.
8) NFPA 101
9) IS Codes -
● 1391 (Part 1 & 2) : 1992 - Specification for room air conditioners
● 8148 : 2003 - Specification for packaged air conditioners
● 4591 : 1968 - Code of practice for installation and maintenance of escalators
● 14671 : 1999 - Hydraulic lifts
● 14665 : 2000 - Traction lift
● 15259 : 2002 - Home Lifts
● 15330 : 2003 - Lifts for handicapped persons; IS codes for Fire Services

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Acitivty 1: Air Conditioners' Other ‘Side’: To experience the heat released by AC’s into the atmosphere,
Students will realize that our urban ‘thermal-excess-comfort’ is causing great discomfort to all the invisible,
silenced, excluded, marginalized (further details found in Fairconditioning’s Pedagogy Manual for
Architecture Teachers - Active Cooling Module: http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-resources/#209-
active-cooling

Activity 2: AC vs Fan: Energy Consumption - To compare the energy consumption of a fan vs a room air
conditioner, Students will realize that an air conditioner consumes much more energy than a ceiling fan.
(further details found in Fairconditioning’s Pedagogy Manual for Architecture Teachers - Active Cooling
Module: http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-resources/#209-active-cooling

Activity 3: Psychrometric Pathway Plot for Cooling of Air - To plot the psychrometric pathway for cooling air,
Students will develop a deep understanding of psychrometry and variables in the
psychrometric chart (further details found in Fairconditioning’s Pedagogy Manual for Architecture Teachers
- Psychrometry Module: http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-resources/#206-psychrometry

Activity 4: C ooling Load Estimation of a Space - To estimate the AC Tonnage (TR) required for combatting
the typical fresh-air cooling load in a bedroom, Students will understand the procedure to be followed in
calculating heat load requirements of a built space (further details found in Fairconditioning’s Pedagogy
Manual for Architecture Teachers - Psychrometry Module: http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-
resources/#206-psychrometry

Activity 5: Air Volume to be Cooled in Buildings - To critique the idea of cooling the entire volume of building
when the volume ‘used’ by persons is a small fraction, Students will realize that cooling the entire volume is
an inefficient way of cooling the building. Instead air vent nozzles can be used to cool certain points in
buildings.

Activity 6: Air: Insulator & Coolant? - To critique air as a cooling medium, Students will realize that air
conditioning is an inefficient method to cool buildings (further details found in Fairconditioning’s Pedagogy
Manual for Architecture Teachers - Sustainable Cooling Technology Module:
http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-resources/#232-sust-cooling-technologies

Activiy 7: Radiant Cooling Effect from a Pre-cooled Room - To experience the radiant cooling effect from a
pre cooled room, Students will comprehend the cooling effect from radiant cooling systems. (further details
found in Fairconditioning’s Pedagogy Manual for Architecture Teachers - Sustainable Cooling Technology
Module: http://fairconditioning.org/knowledge-resources/#232-sust-cooling-technologies

Activity 8: Carbon offsets from AC’s. To estimate the number of trees required to offset GHG emissions of
refrigerants from ACs installed in college buildings. Students will realize that offsetting carbon emissions
from air conditioners by planting trees is an impractical solution.
 Building Structure -IV
Course Code 21ENG56 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:
1. To Gain understanding of Steel Structural Systems including composite
construction and fundamental principles and structural behaviour of steel
buildings in withstanding gravity, lateral (seismic and wind), and other
environmental forces.

2. To understand the process of the design of structural steel systems and the
design of simple steel structures.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss Structural Steel and its application in buildings.
2) The students need to sketch various Structural Steel components in a simple on building
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged

Module-1
1) Structural Steel: Different kinds of Steel, their Basic characteristics of Steel &
Light Gauge Steel materials.

2) Concepts of design of Steel Structures: Introduction to the concept of Working

Stress Design and Load and Resistance Factor Design.

3) Steel Structural Systems: Introduction to Rigid Portal Frames design of a one

story industrial building 18M X 48m with two-bay mezzanine office floor. Project
work to include a framing plan for both the industrial building and the mezzanine, an
approximate design of structural frame elements, columns and beams. Introduction
to available sections in structural steel used in the design of frame elements
(Indicative).

Teaching 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the subject/concepts
- 2) The students need to visit sites to understand the Concepts of Design.
Learning
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-2
 4) Introduction to National Building Code: IS 800: Criteria & Design to satisfy ECBC
and National Building Codes and Standards, Dead and Live load calculations as per
IS875 (Part1&2). Determine the general loads to be considered in the design of the
structure, based on the type of occupancy for each area specified.

5) Rigid Frames design-1: Properties of Indian standard rolled steel section and
general framing arrangement of beams and columns for the one story 18M X 48m
industrial building.

6) Rigid Frames design-2: Design of Rigid frame including selection of frames

according to the span, spacing and frame configuration using steel manuals.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the NB Codes.
Learning 2) The students need to visit sites to understand the Concepts of Rigid frames.
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-3

7) Composite Flooring Systems: Discussion on steel-concrete composite construction

using steel beams, metal decking and concrete, including the role of shear connectors’
attachment to the beam for composite action.

8) Composite flooring systems design for mezzanine: Loading and Analysis

(Moment diagram to be provided) and design of composite steel decking with
concrete topping.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the subject/concepts
Learning 2) The students need to visit sites to understand the Concepts composite flooring
Process system.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-4

9) Rigid frame elements design-1: Steel Structural Column design using IS special
publication for the design of steel structures [SP-6 (1)].
10) Rigid frame elements design-2: Steel Structural Beams and trusses design using IS special
publication for the design of steel structures [SP-6 (1)].
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the subject/concepts
Learning 2) The students need to visit sites to understand the Concepts of Design..
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-5
 11) Drawings and Specifications for the Rigid frame design: Structural design
criteria, including loads used, calculations, drawings and detailing, and steel tonnage
calculation.

12) Field Inspection of Steel Construction Site: The project work to include
documentation and a report about the observations, learning and findings at Site

Teaching-
Learning Minimum one plate on loading calculation on each Structural steel topic
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough
sheets for the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
1. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.
2. The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and
submitted to VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

.Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1) Martin Bechthold, Daniel L Schodek, STRUCTURES - PHI Learning Private limited
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Building Information Modelling/(COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN ARCHITECTURE – II)

Course Code 21ARC57 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:4:0 SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy 55 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
To develop awareness and familiarity with Advanced Computer applications in Architecture and to
equip students with skills required in using digital tools to conceive, develop and present
architectural ideas.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss commands, tools and other application in
making a 3D drawing.
2) The students need to practice the commands and tools in a simple building drawing.
3) Quizzes, virtual models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-1
1) Introduction to advanced popular 3D modelling software– e.g. 3DStudio
Max, Maya, Rhinoceros and other appropriate software. Introduction to online
resources, blogs, tutorials.
2) Concepts of NURBS modelling :( curves and surfaces), curve / surface
editing, solid modelling, layer management, etc.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss commands, tools and other
Learning application used for 3D modelling software.
Process
2) The students need to practice the commands and tools in a simple building
drawing.
3) Practice the use of software to develop skills in NURBS modelling.

Module-2
 3) Classroom exercise to demonstrate 3D modelling of transformed/
modified/complex 3D objects: for e.g. twisted tower, deformed cube, sliced
cylinder. Introduction to file conversions and interdependencies between 3D
modelling software and 2D drafting software, e.g. Rhinoceros to AutoCAD, or
any other relevant CAD software. Conversion of 3D model(of
transformed/modified objects) to 2D drawings (e.g. plan, section, elevation)
4) Conversion of Architecture/interior design project into NURBS modelling
project:
For e.g. measured drawing of classroom, Architecture School, computer room etc.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss commands, tools and other
Learning application used for a 3D Object drawing.
Process
2) The students need to practice the commands and tools in a complex building
drawing.
3) Practice the use of software to develop skills in NURBS modelling.
Module-3

5) Working on 3D modelling & Visualisation software with rendering: such

as 3DS Max OR Maya or any other appropriate software.

Concepts of solid modelling: polygonal modelling, modifier, application of

materials, simple timeline animations.

Techniques of 3D visualisations – Introduction to tool settings in 3D

rendering engines for photo-realistic rendering. Application of materials and
Simple Timeline animations, For e.g. using VRay, Maxwell, Flamingo, Mental
Ray or any other appropriate software, Classroom demonstration of objects, of
simple Architecture design projects.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss commands, tools and other
Learning application used for a 3D drawing.
Process 2) The students need to practice the commands and tools in a simple building
drawing.
3) Practice the use of software to develop skills in rendering.

Module-4

6) Working on Graphics/Vector/Image editing software: To present

Architecture design studio projects –Introduction to publishing tools for
creating presentations and portfolios.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss commands, tools and other
Learning application used for an image editing exercise.
Process
2) The students need to practice the commands and tools in a simple building
drawing.
3) Practice the use of software to develop skills in Graphics presentation.
 .

Module-5
7) Project 1 – Classroom exercise to convert architecture design project 2D drawings (of
semester 3 / 4 OR any simple one to three-storied building) into 3D model using
relevant software. Project to be rendered using an appropriate 3D visualisation software

8) Project 2 – Classroom demonstration/exercise of image rendering/collage using

Graphics/Image editing software (for e.g., adding context to visualisations), foreground,
backgrounds etc.

Project to include presentation of final outcomes in the form of

drawing panels, booklets, posters.

9) Usage of software/tools to assess the life-cycle carbon footprint of buildings

including emissions from cooling systems and refrigerant use, and analyzing
trade-offs between increased embodied carbon emissions for high thermal
mass, high caliber insulation, glazing and other materials and reduced
operational phase carbon emissions through increased energy efficiency.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss commands, tools and other
Learning application used for a class room exercise in 3D visualization modelling.
Process
2) The students need to practice the commands and tools in a simple building
drawing.
3) Practice the use of different software to create 3D drawing.
4) Crate awareness on the softwares used in the analysis of Green Buildings.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
1) The students will be able to develop the skills in CAD and other software in 3D designing.
2) The students will be able to use the learnings for their academic projects in higher classes.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE) `

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio/lab discussions, Reviews, Time problems,
test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40 % marks in SEE to
pass. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 100 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be
awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project,Quiz, report
writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Design and Seminars if any, in the beginning
only. The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. There is no Semester End Exam (SEE) The CIE marks list generated is to be signed by the internal
examiners and submitted to VTU as per the procedure through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Internet resources, blogs, and learning resources on the web of popular 3D
modelling software and NURBS modelling,
2. Vector/Graphics/Image editing software

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=92VvxRtZ_Tk
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wY3rezjj9es


Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

1) Working on a 3D drawing of a building of the Institute.
2) Group work on a Campus design with rendering.

Elective-3
Course Code 21ARC58 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:0:0:0 SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 100
Credits 02 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
1) To gain experience in aspects of Architecture not offered in the regular curriculum.
2) To study particular areas of the curriculum in greater depth.
3) To explore career opportunities in the allied fields.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1) The teacher may use conventional method or an innovative method to deal with the subject.
2) The students need to work with hands on experiences to gain an expertise of the chosen field.
3) The teacher needs to use performance assessments to develop real life skills in the students.

a) ALTERNATE BUILDING TECHNOLOGY AND MATERIAL (This is integrated in the

curriculum itself and not as an elective subject)

OBJECTIVE:

1. Introduce students to overall understanding of Building Technology and Material.

2. Introduce details of Building Material and Alternate Techniques of Building.
3. Introduce students with relevant examples.
 OUTLINE:

1. Introduction to building material: Soil, types of soil, characteristics of soil, simple

tests conducted at site, Bamboo as building construction material, properties,
types, joinery details with examples.
2. Masonry wall- SMB (Stabilised Mud Blocks), Hollow clay blocks, Cement blocks –
Making of blocks, Properties, Specifications and Applications with examples.
3. Mud wall, Rammed Earth Wall- Making of wall, Properties, Specification and
Application with examples.
4. Alternate method for Foundation, Lintel and Chajja. Roof-Dome, Arch Panel Roof,
Vault using SMB, Clay blocks with examples .
5. Concept of Ferro Cement structure, Building Components made out of Ferro
cement such as Roof, Wall, Staircase with examples.

NOTE: Field visits to be arranged by teachers. Group work could be encourage.

REFERENCES:
1. K S Jagadish, "Building with Stabilised Mud"; IK International Publishing House PVT
Ltd.
2. K S Jagadish, B V Venkatarama Reddy, K S NanjundaRao, "Alternative Building
Materials and Technology"; New Age International Publishers.
3. Jules J A Janssen , "Building with Bamboo-A Handbook".
4. Chris Van Uffelen , "Bamboo Architecture and Design(Architecture and materials)".
5. Laurie Bakers work.
6. Documentation "Earth Architecture", Auroville.
Hassan Fathy's work.
 b) DIGITAL ARCHITECTURE

OBJECTIVE:

Digital Architecture strategically utilizes digital media in the process of its

architectural design. Provide students with a strong foundation in the process of

Digital design.

Training tools to comprehend Conceptual Design through the early design stage, design-
development, analysis and representation of architectural spaces.

OUTLINE:
This course uses theoretical and practical study to examine how digital tools and
processes can be developed and applied to design built environments. Vis-à-vis
Architects conventional approach of Architects.

a) Introduction to Digital Architecture:

Exploration of new design process in architecture, Exploration and case study of various
available Design process involving digital media.

SESSIONAL WORK:
Cases study of available approaches on utilisation of Design tools leading to presentation
of case studies and examining pros & cons and suitability of various Design approaches.

b) Parametric Architectural Geometry

Explore parametric software as a first stage of learning software for replicating ideas in to
2D & 3D forms.

SESSIONAL WORK: Students will be given different small exercises which will be based
on the primary stage form development in the parametric software.

c) Geometrical explorations`

Explore the relationships and dependencies of progression concepts and architecture.

The exploration will be based on geometrical ideologies to develop relationships and
new design process for form generation.

The exercise will explore generative design methodologies through the application
progression techniques.

SESSIONAL WORK: Students will work on geometric transformations and an approach for
form generation
d) Simulation, Visualisation
Explore simulation and visualisation, as a first stage of learning software leading to digital
publication
SESSIONAL WORK: Students will be given small exercises which will be based on the
primary stage form development for visualisation & Publication of creative process and
outputs with Desktop and Web tools.

Software: Any relevant and appropriate 3D-modelling , visualisation software can be

used forsessional work
REFERENCES:

1) Contemporary techniques in Architecture – by Ali Rahim

2) Digital Tectonics, Digital Cities AD: Architectural Design – Prof. Neil Leach
Digital to from control to design –by Michael Meredith
 c) ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING DESIGN

CONTACT PERIODS: 3 (Lecture) per

week PROGRESSIVE MARKS: 50

OBJECTIVE: This course surveys the scope and possibilities of integrating light in
architecture.

OUTLINE:

Architectural spaces are designed for a specific purpose, and are sometimes constructed
through a specific theme to create such experiences. The aspect of light in architecture is
a crucial element in the fabrication of such spatial experiences as illustrated below:

1. Introduction: Quantitative vs Qualitative aspects of lighting design.

2. Experiencing Architecture: Fundamentals and factors that shape spatial experiences
ranging from emotion, memory, imagination, aesthetics, culture etc.
3. Seeing Form-Space Relationships in developing lighting strategies.
4. Relationship between man, light and space.
5. A primer to Place-Making through light in architecture.
6. Light in Architecture – Conceptual proposal of lighting design for an architectural
space using Perception Based Approach.
METHODS:

Presentations by staff to introduce the concepts; Student presentations to take the

discussions further. Practical understanding in principles of light and perception through
visualisations/calculations/mock-ups.

Students will work on related assignments. They will develop ideas and concepts for
lighting projects.

ASSESSMENT:

The group/individual assignments will be assessed via mock-ups, presentations and

reports.

REFERENCE:
1. Boyce, Peter R.,( 2014),"Human Factors in Lighting"; CRC Press, 3rd Edition.
2. Cuttle, Christopher(2015),"Lighting Design: A Perception Based Approach";
Routledge, 1st Edition.

3. Michel, Lou. (1995), "Light: The Shape of Space: Designing with Space and Light";
Van Nostrand Reinhold.
4. Steffy, Gary R.(2008), "Architectural Lighting Design" by Wiley.
5. Tanizaki, Junichiro,(1977), "In Praise of Shadows"; Leete'S Island Books, 1st Edition.
Zumthor, Peter(2006), "Atmospheres"; Birkhäuser Architecture, 5th Edition
 OPEN ELECTIVE:
The college has the discretion to offer an open elective in the areas/subject/field other
than already covered under the syllabus. The college can decide to offer need based
electives depending on the availability of the expertise. However, the college will require
to submit the title of such electives with the course outline stating learning objectives
and mode of delivering the content to the Registrar/ Registrar (evaluation) within the 15
days of the commencement of the semester.

Teaching-
Learning 1) The teacher may use conventional method or an innovative method to deal with the
Process
subject.
2) The students need to work with hands on experiences to gain an expertise of the
chosen field.
3) The teacher needs to use performance assessments to develop real life skills in the
students.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

1) To develop desired knowledge and skill in a particular domain of Architecture

2) To develop an understanding of the processes required for the particular subject.
3) To develop an expertise in the chosen field for career enhancement.

Assessment Details (CIE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio/ Class room/Tutorial discussions, Reviews,
Time problems, test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 100% and there is no Semester End Exam
(SEE) .The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks in CIE and is conducted for 100 marks. Based
on the CIE marks grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz, report writing
etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the course of learning for the Elective subject, in the beginning only.
The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. There is no Semester End Exam (SEE) The CIE marks list generated is to be signed by the internal
examiners and submitted to VTU as per the procedure through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bsQBSVJoV04
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HaGFrVGMzb4
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tKcyrlysQwA
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N3HX2yEnCas
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yTOD2emZUSM
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ORbpY6d9Zk
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=slEvHTzAXhE

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

1) Students need to explore and meet an expert to understand the subject in a greater depth.
2) Students need to work with hands on experiences to develop desired skills in the field.

Physical Education(Sport &Athletics/Yoga & NSS)

Course Code 21PE59/21YO59/21NS59 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:2:0 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 100
Credits -- Exam Hours --
Course objectives:

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2

Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5


Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
31. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
32. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
33. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
34. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
35. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
36. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End
Suggested Examination:
Learning Resources:
Theory
Books SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN - VI
Course Code 21ARC61 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:8 SEE Marks(VIVA) 100
Total Hours of Pedagogy 100 Total Marks 200
Credits 8 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
To enable the students to integrate design with history, theory, building construction and material
science in a more informed way.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
4) The contents of the courses shall be taught in an application-oriented manner on a
scientific and design basis. The course contents shall be taught and learned in lectures,
seminars, labs or workshops, studio exercises and design projects, etc.
5) In-studio exercises the teachers shall take the lead to provide tasks and offer guidance
for solutions finding. The students shall work either individually or in groups.
6) In design studios, the students contribute to the processing, analysis and solving of
problems of direct professional practice, attended by faculty(s) entitled to conduct the
studio and examine. The results shall be defended through drawings; models and reports
and evaluated through periodic assessment and finally by a jury or panel, and finally,
evaluated through periodic assessment and an end semester examination or viva voce.
OUTLINE:

To understand the role of built environments of increasing complexity by:

a) Intrinsic factors: Size, volume, levels, functional spaces or zones, structural
possibilities
b) External factors: site, approach, traffic, climate change, ecology, services
c) Constraints: bye-laws, resource and planetary limits, budget, ideology, attitudes
d) Create an ‘Identity’ to the Campus through integration of the above.

MODES OF STUDY:

The aim of the studio is to explore STRUCTURING: structuring of a research or a case

study, structuring of the program, spatial structuring and informal structuring.

Structuring of research: Case studies, reading material and site studies have to be a
directed exercise with the involvement of tutors where visiting the project of concern
would be of utmost importance. This studio is also about how one organizes research. It
should be mandatory to use analytical models, diagrams to understand the chosen case
study in terms of Design Intent, site and spatial structuring. There needs to be emphasis
on Graphical consistency and legibility of the study. It is recommended to add a reading
list as part of the studio to further enrich this discussion about institutions. Once a week,
students could be asked to present the case studies and selected readings to the class.

Structuring program: Studying requirements from various point of views which include
relationship between requirements and values, requirements and phenomenology, area
of the site and functional area requirements, issues of public and private domains, open
and closed spaces, interrelationship between the various components, formal and
informal, service requirements, relationship between whole and the part, requirement
and climate etc. information resulting from this exercise becomes the individual's
program for the project which can then lead to structuring of space.

PROJECTS
a). One major project and one minor/time project to be tackled in the semester.
Institutional projects like facilities of higher learning, such as, Engineering college
campus, medical college campus, management institute campus, hotel management
institute, Law college campus, Dental college campus, Nursing college campus, Juvenile
Correction Centre, etc.

b). The minor project could include a case study documentation of the project proposed
for the design intervention. This work could be done in a group and as part of its findings
shall be an outline program to be a major project.

In view of the current urban contexts where land is precious and resources are scarce,
the project could also be institutional buildings on a small urban plot, on multiple levels
and still engage with its context and establish an environment within that captures the
essential nature of an institution. However, Project selection is left to the discretion of the
tutors.

Project work could be done in 5 stages of activity jointly with research and analysis.

1. Introduction to the initial design parameters which include choice of:

a. Geography/situation (context)
b. Constraints (bye-laws, budget, ideology, attitudes, etc.)

2. Spatial structuring: To understand spatial structuring as a set of logical operations

after an analytical understanding of the site, surroundings, program and intent
expressing diversity of program and its resulting spatial variety and the
relationship between the built and the unbuilt established through movement
systems ,linkages and nodes etc.

3. Informal structuring: Architecture is an integrative discipline. Establishment of a

structure enables reverse integration with other subjects where the students look
beyond their studio offering a mechanism to observe the surroundings and
document it, understand history and theory analytically, integrate design with
building construction, climatic, environmental and material science in a more
informed way.

4. The design exercise shall focus on ideas of scale, engagement (social, economic,
 political, and environmental), hierarchy, public/private space, and challenge the
students to reflect on these as part of the design development. The emphasis
should be to establish these larger goals as part of the discussion on the nature of
an institution. The project and design development should focus on integrating
sustainable design in every aspect and process possible, with an emphasis on
reducing thermal locals and integrating ventilation, insulation, thermal mass,
shading, cool roofs, passive/natural cooling and low energy, low-carbon active
cooling technologies; local materials as much as possible; sustainable systems
such as storm water harvesting, water recycling and reusing, waste management
systems and renewable energy systems and above all response to site context and
existing informal systems.

5. Goal of the studio shall be to see the architect as instigator - defining the nature of
engagement with the city, through the articulation of the program and its
relationship with the context. Studio must provoke students to define clearly their
agenda and to think of architecture as an active, live engagement rather than a
passive and inert one. By having students spell out a hypothesis it then doesn't
matter what the type is. This prepares the students to frame a series of questions
to address the problem at hand.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, test,
Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40 % marks in SEE to
pass. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 100 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be
awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz,
report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Design and Seminars if any, in the
beginning only. The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance
in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for
the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
2. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course
teacher or an internal examiner.

3. The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to
VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1) Roger H. Clark and Michael Pause, " Precedents in architecture", 1984, John Wiley
 &Sons.
2) Geoffrey H Baker , "Le Corbusier an analysis of form", 1996, Van Nostrand Reinhold.
3) Herman Hertzberger, "Lessons for students in architecture", 1991, Delft University.
4) Charles Correa , "A Place in shade", 2010, Penguin India
5) Rem Koolhaas, "Conversation with students", 1996, Princeton Architectural Press.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FfJ6j0NjfDo
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TY_aB4TLsUA
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dRKVZZ9Srcc
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_AOzpFXocKI

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Activity 1: Case study and document a campus in a nearby place.
Activity 2: Research and document a building or a campus or a gated community which
has implemented several sustainable passive design techniques and approaches (such as
waste water, storm water, passive design, energy generation, materials, etc).

Materials and Methods in Building Construction -VI

Course Code 21ARC62 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:3 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 55 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
To acquaint the students with construction practices pertaining to structural glazing, Metal Cladding
and roofing systems and to study constructional systems and detailing of alternative material doors,
windows and partition. This course will also examine their thermal properties, passive cooling
possibilities, capabilities for mitigating climate change related impacts (heat, humidity and
precipitation) and circularity (recyclability) of each material studied.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. The subject teacher to link the studio work with on site work by arranging site visits in the
nearby areas.
2. The Subject teacher to highlight the uses of various types of Glass in a building.
Module-1
1) Glass as a building material: Glass manufacturing in various types like plate,
tinted, decorative, reinforced, laminated glass block, fibreglass, glass murals,
partially coloured glass, etching of glass and its applications in building industry
for both exteriors and interiors. Glass fabrication techniques, fibre reinforced
composite materials and products. Qualitative and quantitative study of the
material’s contributions to increased building solar heat gain in the tropics,
increased air conditioning load and hence artificial cooling energy needs, and
 inability to promote natural unassisted night-time cooling through spontaneous
release of accumulated heat. Study the life cycle environmental impacts, carbon
emissions and recyclability of Glass as a material used in building construction.

2) Frameless glass doors and windows and partitions: Fixing and fabrication
details.

Teaching- Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Learning
studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a portfolio.
Process
Module-2

3) Structural Glazing and cladding: Fixing and fabrication details.

4) Point supported glazing: Fixing and fabrication details.

5) Introduction to metal cladding: ACP, Aluminium louvers; Fixing and fabrication

details.

Teaching- Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Learning
studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a portfolio.
Process
Module-3
6) Glass and Metal cladding of facades and building envelopes: Fixing and
fabrication details. Qualitatively and quantitatively study the material’s
contributions to increased building solar heat gain in the tropics, increased air
conditioning load and hence artificial cooling energy needs, and inability to
promote natural unassisted night-time cooling through spontaneous release of
accumulated heat Study the life cycle environmental impact and recyclability of
metal facades.

7) UPVC, PVC & FRP: Doors and windows and partitions (Detailing and study of
joinery).

8) Wooden sliding and folding doors and partitions: Principles and methods of
construction and detailing.

Teaching- Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Learning studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a portfolio.
Process
Module-4
9) Steel sliding and folding doors and partitions: Principles and methods of
construction and detailing.

10)Aluminium sliding and folding doors and partitions: Principles and methods
of construction and detailing.
Teaching- Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Learning
studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a portfolio.
Process
Module-5
11)Skylight in steel and glass: Principles and methods of construction and detailing.

12) Alternative wall technologies: Sandwich panel walls, PUF panels etc. Critical
analysis and study of materials such as glass, aluminium and steel used in
medium-high rises in terms of its environmental impact. Building a narrative of
Climate stress and how Architecture can contribute to reducing it. Alternative
sustainable and less energy intensive materials to be explored.

Teaching-
Learning Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by
Process
studio teachers. Study of material applications in the form of a portfolio.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

1. The students will be able to understand the various application of glass as a building material.
2. The students will be able to adopt and use of Glass and other materials in building construction.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- Submission of construction drawing sheets, Journal of
materials, Multiple Choice Question, Quizzes, Open book test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40% marks in SEE to pass.
Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Methods suggested: Submission of Construction sheets, Journal of Materials, Test, Written Quiz, Seminar,
report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topics for the test, Written Quiz, and Seminar. In the beginning, only the
teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for Vivavoce
examination, atleast one day prior to Viva voce examination to the course teacher/coordinator.

2. The work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course teacher or
an internal examiner.

3. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to VTU
in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Francis, D.K. (2008), “Building Construction Illustrated”, Fourth Edition, Wiley India
Pvt. Ltd.
2. Mackay, J.K. (2015) – Volume 1, “Building Construction”, Fourth Edition, Pearson
India
3. Roy Chudley (2015) – Volume 1, “Construction Technology” Second Edition,
 Pearson India
4. Barry R. (1999) – Volume 3 & 4, “The Construction of Buildings”, Fourth Edition,
East-West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
5. Lyons Arthur (2014), “Materials for Architects and Builders”, Fifth Edition,
Routledge.
6. Varghese P.C. (2015), “Building Materials”, Second
Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=loCKY6kZM-U
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BGPaywY1wvs
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i_5XuGZPiog
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2fMISF6lreM

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Activity 1- Site visit and study Glass facades in large Buildings through sketches, photos,
make a report of the study.

Activity 2- Observe and understand technical construction methods and materials for
Glass curtain walls, and document the same in a report.

Activity 3 – Site visit to a PUF insulated cold storage. Discuss with an expert and
document the observations in a report.

Landscape Architecture
Course Code 21ARC63 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
1. To introduce the students to the discipline of Landscape Architecture.
2. To advance analytical and planning skills for Architectural project sites.
3. To develop design skills for small landscape projects.

Course Outline:
Introduction, design philosophies and contemporary approaches to landscape
architecture and design are reviewed through various landscape design projects over
time while modules on site analysis, site planning, elements of landscape architecture
and landscape design process are supported with theoretical inputs.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

i. Lecture component: Various landscape design projects to explain the design

 philosophies, theoretical aspects of site analysis and site planning, element of
landscape architecture and design process will be delivered as lecture component.
ii. Literature study: Exercise on ‘relating architecture and landscape’ may be
undertaken as a literature study exercise.
iii. Studio component: Studio exercises in site analysis, site planning and a small
landscape design project.

Module-1
Introduction to the discipline of landscape architecture

a. Landscape as a broad terminology, Natural and Man-modified landscapes.

b. Brief history and the growth of landscape architecture as a design and planning
profession from gardens to regional landscapes.
c. Scope and nature of professional work in contemporary landscape architecture,
changing priorities of disciplinary approach: ecology, biodiversity and
sustainability.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the style of Landscape design.
Learning
Process
2) The students need to sketch and document elements of landscape architecture.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-2

Relating Architecture and Landscape, Site analysis and Site planning

a. Study of architectural response to landscapes and understanding the relation
between architecture and landscape through case examples.
b. The idea of site as part of whole/larger landscape, Site inventory and analysis:
physical, biological, social contextual studies and layers of site analysis, site
suitability analysis, inferences and response for architectural interventions.
c. Design considerations and approaches to site planning, site program, siting of
buildings and open spaces, introduction to grading and land modifications,
working with sloping sites.

Demonstration of understanding of site analysis and site planning through studio exercise.
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the relation between Landscape and
Learning
Process
Architecture.
2) The students need to sketch and document Architectural interventions in
landscape architecture.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-3
Elements of landscape architecture and their application in landscape design

a. Primary landscape elements: Landform, water and vegetation, Design

considerations and their role in articulating outdoor spatial design.
b. Secondary landscape elements: Street furniture, landscape walls, paving, inert
ground covers, trellis, outdoor shading structures, embellishments, etc. Design
 considerations and their role in spatial design. Hard and soft landscapes (Activity
1)
Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss Landscape elements.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch and document landscape elements.
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-4
Works of noted landscape architects and landscape projects

a. Eastern landscape philosophies: Chinese and Japanese gardens, Asian landscapes:

Mughal and Persian gardens, Western landscape designs: Italian and French
gardens, English romantic gardens and American parks, Examples in modern
landscape: works of Garret Eckbo, Lawrence Halprin and Peter Latz.
b. Examples of contemporary landscape projects: works of Martha Schwartz , Maya
lin, Peter Walker & Partners, Hargreaves Associates, Sasaaki, SWA, Michael Van
Valkenburgh, Andropogon Associates, Field Operations, Turenscape etc.
Landscape projects in India: works of Ravindra Bhan, Shaheer Associates etc.

Examples should cover various categories of landscape design such as residential,

commercial, institutional, public plaza, water/riverfront and other categories. The
content of this module should emphasis on design philosophies, the changing styles and
changing priorities of the profession over time.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the Landscape Projects and works
Learning
Process
of famous Landscape Architects.
2) The students need to sketch and document Landscape Projects and works of
famous Landscape Architects.
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-5
Landscape Design project

Demonstration of an understanding of landscape design through simple and small design exercise as
studio project. Clarity in design process, detail development and representation of the landscape
design scheme is to be emphasized.

One more minor analysis activity can be included as a project: Study the design of a current or
recently proposed landscape project such as riverfront development, lake projects, religious corridors,
tourism projects and analyze and assess the design, identify the loopholes and its impact on the
environment and inhabiting population

NOTE: Studio exercises should be introduced after relevant theoretical inputs are
delivered utilizing the contact periods.
Teaching- 1) The teacher to give an assignment of an open space in the city/locality or an
Learning
Process
academic project of an earlier semester to design with all details.
2) The students need complete the assignment with details and proper
presentation.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
1) The students will be able to learn and compare various styles of Landscape Architecture.
2) The students will be able to design small landscape architecture.
3) The students will be able to appreciate the importance of Landscape in Architecture.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
37. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
38. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
39. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
40. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
41. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
42. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
23. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
24. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Theory paper will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Laurie, M. An introduction to landscape architecture, Elsevier. 1975.
2. Motloch, J. Introduction to landscape design, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
3. Holden, R &Liversedge, J. Landscape Architecture: An Introduction, Laurence
King publishing ltd. 2014.
4. Girot, C. The course of landscape architecture: A history of our designs on our
natural world, Thames & Hudson. 2016.
5. Simonds, J O. Landscape Architecture: A manual of site planning and design,
McGraw- Hill, 1997.
6. LaGro, J. Site Analysis: Sustainable site planning and design, John Wiley & Sons.
2013.
7. Birksted, J. Relating architecture to landscape, E&FN Spon. 2004.
 8. Shaheer, M &Dua, G. Landscape Architecture in India: A reader, LA, Journal of
landscape architecture. 2010.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7TXJV-v_Wa4&list=PLxHgc0UFNU4vfMkxqBl9ABrZCgwr_Bjby
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ettKgxoK3Tg
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JBa4NUBgDNY

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Activity 1 - Critical Study of a public project: Study of an already developed landscape
project, primarily a public realm such as riverfront, lake redevelopment in terms of the
existing and shifted contours and levels, impact on the watershed inclusive of the site, existing
and proposed biodiversity, soft and hard landscape and its impact on ground water and soil
and affected communities while development of this public project

Contemporary Architecture
Course Code 21ARC64 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
To do a critical survey of contemporary architecture from the 1960s to the present, and to
provide an understanding and appreciation of contemporary issues and trends in Indian
and western architecture in terms of ideas and directions.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
1. Use of theory, activities, sketches, drawings, assignment and tutorial for teaching.
2. Evaluation by quiz, tests, classroom activities.

Module-1
 1. Architecture in India (Pre independence): The Architecture of the Princely
States of Jaipur, Bikaner and Mysore: Their city examples – clock towers, railway
stations, public offices, assembly halls, water systems, public hospitals, etc.
Developing an environmental and vernacular expression connection in Pre-
independence architecture.

2. Modern Architecture in India-1: Architecture in India(Post-Independence):

Works of public nature in Chandigarh and Ahmedabad (Legislative Assembly
Complex including High Court, Legislative assembly and Secretariat, Chandigarh
and Mill Owners ‟Building, Ahmedabad), IIM, Ahmedabad and its significance.
3. Modern Architecture in India-2:Ideas and works of BV Doshi (Institute of
Indology Ahmadabad, IIM-Bangalore and Hussain-Doshi Gufa, Ahmadabad) and
Charles Correa: (Vidhan Bhavan Bhopal, Jawahar Kala Kendra Jaipur,
KanchenJunga Apartments, Mumbai and Kala Academy Panaji, Goa).

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-2

4. Modern Architecture in India-3:Ideas and works of Raj Rewal and Uttam Jain
(Pragati Maidan, New Delhi and Asian Games Village, New Delhi),
AchyutKanvinde(IIT, Kanpur and Nehru Science Centre, Mumbai), Uttam
Jain(Lecture Theatres, Jodhpur and Engineering College, Kota).

5. Modern Architecture in India-4: Enrichment of Indian experience- Cost

effectiveness and local influences. Lauire Baker and Anant Raje (Centre for
Development Studies, Thiruvananthapuram and St. John Cathedral at Tiruvalla)
and Anant Raje(IIFM, Bhopal and Management Development Centre, IIM-A).
Bimal Patel ( Sabarmati River front development at Ahmadabad Kashi
Vishwanath Corridor Varanasi) Sanjay Mohe ( Karunashraya, NIFT Chennai, Anji
Reddi Memorial Hyderabad)

6. Parallel trends in Indian architecture: a) Revivalist- monumental, Religious b)

Experimental-Pondicherry, Belgium embassy, IITB, Sriram Centre New Delhi c)
Vernacular influence-Cost effective concepts

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.

Module-3
 7. Last phase of Modern Architecture: Ideas and works of Richard Meier (Smith
House, Connecticut and Getty Centre, Brent Wood, Los Angeles) and Charles
Moore (Architect’s Own House at Orinda and Piazza d’Italia, New Orleans),
Bernard Tschumi (Kyoto Railway Station Project and Parc de la Villete, Paris).

8. Ideas and works of Frank Gehry(AeroSpace Museum, Santa Monica and

Guggenheim Museum, Bilbao).

9. High-tech architecture or Structural Expressionism-1: An architectural style

that emerged in the 1970s: The High-tech architecture practitioners include
British architects Sir Norman Foster(Hong Kong Shanghai Bank and Renault
Distribution Centre, Swindon, England), Sir Richard Rogers, Sir Michael Hopkins.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-4
10. High-tech architecture or Structural Expressionism-2: The High-tech
architecture practitioners include Italian architect Renzo Piano (Pompidou
Centre, Paris and Menil Museum, Houston) and Spanish architect Santiago
Calatrava (Lyon-Satolas Railway Station and Olympic Stadium at Athens).
11. Postmodern Architecture: Development of Postmodernism with its origins in
the alleged failure of Modern architecture from 1950s, and spreading in the 1970s
and its continuous influence on present-day architecture. Ideas and works of
Michael Graves, James Stirling, Robert Venturi etc.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process 3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Module-5
12. Hyper theories of Architecture-1: Development of postmodern architecture in
1980s is the ideas of Deconstructivism including, Frank Gehry (AeroSpace
Museum, Santa Monica and Guggenheim Museum, Bilbao), Daniel Leibskind
(Jewish Museum, Berlin and World Trade Centre, New York ), Rem Koolhas(Dance
Theatre, The Hague and Netherlands Sports Museum).

13. Hyper theories of Architecture-2: Ideas of Deconstructivism including, Peter

Eisenman, ZahaHadid (The Peak Club, Hong Kong and IBA Housing Block 2, West
Berlin), Coop Himmelb(l)au, and Bernard Tschumi.

Teaching- 1) The teacher can use PPTs, Videos to discuss the buildings, style of architecture.
Learning 2) The students need to sketch the buildings for its unique qualities.
Process
3) Quizzes, models, seminars from students can be encouraged.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
1) The students will be able to learn and compare various styles of Modern Architecture.
2) The students will be able to appreciate and learn from various phases of Contemporary
Architecture and pioneers.
3) The students will be able to link the modern movement in different times.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
43. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
44. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
45. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
46. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
47. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
48. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
25. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
26. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.
Theory paper will be out of 100 marks and will be scaled down to 50 marks.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1) Morgan, Ann Lee & Taylor Colin , “Contemporary Architecture”.
2) Bahga, Bahga and Bahga , “Modern Architecture in India”, 1993, Galgotia Pub. Co.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ym2CGp69oBQ
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QkVcUJauY0Y
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BfhHYPaIVwo
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KQEhDJljun8

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
1) Sketching of the contemporary buildings from a Book/ Internet.
2) Group or Individual seminar on a building.
3) Quizzes, debates on a selected topic.

Building Services -IV (Acoustics & Noise Control)

Course Code 21ARC65 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
To explore the role and capacity of sound in all its variations and to enhance aural experience in
built environment- within and without.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
Introduction to Sound and Room Acoustics

1) Introduction to Sound: Origin and nature of sound, its characteristics and

measurement– Amplitude, frequency, period, wavelength, velocity of sound, sound
pressure, sound intensity, decibel scale, sound and distance – inverse square law.
human hearing, auditory range for humans (Frequency and Intensity – threshold of
audibility and pain), pitch (association with frequency), tone, loudness (association
with amplitude and intensity), Phon.

2) Room Acoustics: Reflection - Nature of reflection from plane, convex and concave
surfaces, diffraction, Absorption, Echoes, focusing of sound, dead spots, flutter echo.
Room resonances, Reverberation - reverberation time (RT) calculation using Sabine’s
and Eyring’s formulae. Effect of RT on speech and music.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2

Acoustical Tools, Measurements and Materials

3) Acoustical Tools and Measurements: Use of SLM (Sound Level Meter), AI

(Articulation Index), STI (Speech-Transmission Index), Speech Intelligibility. Sound
Attenuation. Absorption coefficients of acoustical materials, NRC value, NC Curves for
various spaces.

4) Acoustical Materials: Vernacular methods of sound insulation, Porous materials,

panel absorbers, membrane absorbers, acoustical plasters, diffusers, cavity or
Helmholtz resonators. Role of functional absorbers, Adjustable acoustics and variable
sound absorbers. Acoustical correction and retrofits to existing spaces.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-3
Acoustical Design

5) Acoustical Design of Auditoriums - Multipurpose Halls: History of Greek, Roman

theatres. Use of IS code 2526 - 1963 for design and detailing of Auditoriums - Cinema
Halls - Multi- purpose Halls - Halls for speech and music.

6) Acoustical Design and Detailing of Other Spaces – Open air theatres, Halls for
Indoor Sports, home theatres, recording studios, open plan offices, etc. Need and use
of sound reinforcement systems, sound masking systems and speech privacy.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
 Noise reduction and Control

7) Introduction to environmental noise control: Noise, its sources and its

classification - outdoor and indoor, airborne and structure borne, impact noise,
noise from ventilation system, community and industrial noise. Noise transmission,
Mass law and transmission loss. Maximum acceptable noise levels. Design Principles
– reduction at source, reduction near source, etc.
8) Constructional measures of noise control and sound insulation -Enclosures,
Barriers, Sound insulation (AC Ducts and plants), Vibration isolation – control of
mechanical noise, floor, wall, ceiling treatment. Sound Isolation. Construction details
of composite walls, double walls, floating floors, wood-joist floors, plenum barriers,
sound locks, etc. STC (Sound Transmission Class) ratings.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
Noise reduction and Control-II

9) Industrial noise: Sources of industrial noise - impact, friction, reciprocation, air

turbulence and other noise. Methods of reduction by enclosures and barriers.

10) Introduction to Urban Soundscape – Introduction to Urban noise, Noise sources -

Air traffic, Rail traffic, Road traffic, Seashore and inland. Traffic planning against
outdoor noise. Noise reduction and control by Site planning, Town planning and
Regional Planning consideration. Role of Architects / Urban Planners in shaping the
urban soundscape. Sustainable design strategies in building acoustics.

Teaching-
Learning A. The subject teacher could arrange for visits to acoustically designed and
Process
treated multipurpose halls - general purpose halls used for both speech
and music, cinema theatres, Industrial Buildings, etc.
Case study reports could be submitted as group assignments.

B. Design of a multipurpose hall - rooms for speech and music for optimum
acoustics - drawings and construction details of acoustical treatment.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
49. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
50. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
51. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
52. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
53. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
54. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End
Suggested Examination:
Learning Resources:
Theory
Books SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the

1) M.DavidEgan , "Architectural Acoustics".

2) Leslie L. Doelle , "Environmental Acoustics".
3) Vern O.Knudsen and Cyril M.Harris , "Acoustical Designing in Architecture".
4) Peter H. Parkins and H. R. Humphreys , "Acoustics, noise and buildings".
5) F.Alton Everest and Ken C. Pohlmann , "Master Handbook of Acoustics".
6) A.B. Wood, “A Text book of Sound”.
7) T.M. Yarwood, “Acoustics”.
8) Duncan Templeton , “Acoustics in the Built Environment”.
9) J E Moore , “Design for good Acoustics and noise control”.
10) T. E. Vigran , “Building Acoustics”.
11) W.J. Cavanaugh, C.T. Gregory and J.A. Wikes, “Architectural Acoustics: Principles and
Practices” 2nd Edition, Codes and standards–
● National Building Code of India (NBC) 2016; Part 8 Section 4
● IS 1950: 1962 Code of practice for sound insulation of non-industrial buildings
● IS 3483: 1965 Code of practice for noise reduction in industrial buildings
● IS 4954: 1968 Recommendations for noise abatement in town planning
● IS 11050 (Part 1) 1984: Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building
elements: Part 1 Airborne sound insulation in buildings and of interior building
elements
● IS 11050 (Part 2)1984: Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building
elements: Part 2 Impact sound insulation
 IS code 2526: 1963Code of practice for acoustical design of
auditoriums and conference halls

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Building Structure -V
Course Code 21ENG66 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:
Integration of structures with architectural objectives by developing an understanding of
building structures and selection criteria for appropriate horizontal systems; conceptual
design of long span structures for gravity and lateral wind and seismic loads.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
1) Introduction: Horizontal or Long Span Structures

2) Introduction to the Structural design Project: Design for an Airport terminal

building of dimension 75M X 300M using horizontal system. Selection of
Horizontal structural systems including load calculation based on Building Codes
and Standards(indicative).

3) Structural Analysis and Design to satisfy Building Codes and Standards:

Determine the general loads to be considered in the design of the structure, based
on the type of occupancy specified for each area. a) Gravity loading: Dead and Live
load calculation based on IS 875 (Part 1&2) b) Seismic loading: Seismic loading
calculation based on IS 1893 Code Static Analysis Procedure c) Wind loading:
Wind loading calculation based on Indian Standard I.S. 875 (Part3).

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
 4) Design of Portal frame Structure System: Design of two-dimensional rigid
frames that have a rigid joint between column and beam. General framing
arrangement of Portal frame for 75M X 300M building, basic load path and total
structural weight calculation.

5) Design of Arch and Vault Structures: Design of curved structural member

spanning two points, of masonry, concrete or steel and used as the roofing
systems of large span buildings. Design of Arch and Vault arrangement for
spanning 75M X 300M building, and basic load path and total structural weight
calculation.

6) Design of Dome Structures: Domes as polar arrays of curved structural systems

in masonry, concrete, steel with glass cladding, their structural strength and
properties as roofing systems of large column-free spans. Design of dome(s) for
spanning 75M X 300M building, basic load path and total structural weight
calculation.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-3

7) Long Span Planar Truss Design: Triangular structural system; assembly of

simple triangular planar trusses. Planar trusses in roofs and bridges. General
framing arrangement of Long Span Truss for 75M X 300M building, and basic load
path and total structural weight calculation.
8) Vierendeel truss design: Truss design with rectangular or square assembly of members
with rigid joints capable of resisting bending moments. General framing arrangement of
Vierendeel truss for 75M X 300M building, and basic load path and total structural
weight calculation.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
9) Cable and Suspension Structures: Design for long-span systems using Cable and
suspension systems. Design cable suspended roof to span 75M X 300M building,
and basic load path and total structural weight calculation.

10) Space Truss: Design of three dimensional trusses, their structural properties and
strength due to three dimensional triangulation. Design of Space Truss roof for
spanning 75M X 300M building, and basic load path and total structural weight
calculation.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
 11) Concrete Shell structure design: Design of double curved surfaces formed from
warped surface (e.g. hyperbolic parabolic); their properties and strength as light-
weight construction for column free large spans. Design of Concrete shell roof to
spanning 75M X 300M building, and basic load path and total structural weight
calculation.

12) Fabric Structure: Design of membrane structures of thin flexible fabric covers
that provide light-weight free-form roofing system. Design of Fabric roof to span
75M X 300M building, and basic load path and total structural weight calculation.

Teaching- a) Minimum one plate on each loading calculation and vertical structural
Learning system.
Process
b) This course to be conducted jointly by Structures and Architecture Design
Studio faculty.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
55. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
56. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
57. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
58. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
59. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
60. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End
Suggested Examination:
Learning Resources:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
Books
1) Martin Bechthold, Daniel L Schodek , "STRUCTURES"; PHI Learning Private limited
2) Works of Felix Candela
3) Works of Frei Otto
 4) Works of Hassan Fathy
5) Works of P.L. Nervi
6) Works of Sir Buck minister Fuller

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Working Drawing-I
Course Code 21ARC67 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:4:0 SEE Marks -
Total Hours of Pedagogy 55 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
Introduction of Working Drawings and Details; Coordination between Architectural,
Structural, Services and other disciplines; Preparation of Architectural Working Drawings
for a design project.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
1. Introduction: Overview of Working Drawings; historical perspective; consultants
involved in preparation of working drawings, their role and scope; reading, error
checking, problems in working drawings.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
 Module-2

2. Drafting Conventions: Representation of materials, graphic symbols, line type

conventions, grid lines, lettering, colour codes, paper sizes, title blocks, office
practices, standardization of details.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-3
3. CAD Drawings: Working with layers, blocks, templates, assemblies, libraries,
layouts, plot styles, error checking, editing.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
4. Project work: Preparation of Architectural Working drawings and details for one
of the design projects of medium rise-framed structure, from earlier semester, like
Residence, Primary Health Center or School etc. Alternatively, the design of this
project may be taken up at the beginning of the semester in a site measuring 30 m
x 40 m or less and within B+G+3 floors.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
5. Submission guidelines and requirements for a building to get permission as per
the byelaws. Sustainable systems like rainwater harvesting systems, solar power
generation, waste management infrastructure, percolation tanks, soft landscape,
trees, etc to be the fundamentals of building design, to be incorporated in the
project.

PORTFOLIO:
Drawings to include Site Plan, Marking Plan, Plans at all levels, Terrace Plan; all
Elevations; two Cross Sections passing through staircase & lift shaft; Profile Sections;
Details to include Toilet, Kitchen, Staircase, Door, Window, Railing, Gate, Sky-light.

NOTE: Same project may be continued for preparation of working drawings

w.r.t. structures and services for Working Drawing-II.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
61. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
62. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
63. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
64. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
65. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
66. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
subject (duration 03 hours)
31. The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
32. There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a maximum of 3
sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Elective-4
Course Code 21ARC68 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:0:0:0 SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 100
Credits 02 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

a) CULTURE AND BUILT ENVIRONMENT

Objective:

To sensitise students to culture and behavioural sciences and their influence on design and
built
environment

Culture is a major attribute of humans with deep evolutionary roots. It has an important
role in fostering economic, social and environmental dimensions of development. This
elective course explores to gather insight into cultural identity, the nature of culture as it
relates to the physical environments and how people shape environments, use them and
interact with them.

The course needs to address two primary enquiries:

A. Understand the interrelationship between design and behavioral sciences
B. Understand the contributions to the design field that behavioral sciences have
made and can make.

Architect Amos Rapport, well-renowned for his seminal contributions to the field of
environmental behavioural studies, raises three questions regarding the relationship
 between culture and the built environment:

1) What biosocial, psychological, and cultural characteristics of human beings, as

members of a species, as individuals, an as members of various groupings,
influence (and, in design, should influence) what characteristics of the built
environment?
2) What effects do what aspects of what environments have on groups of people,
under what circumstances and why?
3) Given these two-way interactions between people and environments, what are
the mechanisms that link them?

Guided by Rapport's questions, this course examines the role of culture in shaping built
environment that varies with the type of environment, over time, for different groups, in
different situations and contexts with the help of comparative studies of built
environments across Indian subcontinent, South Asia and Latin Americato understand
the intersections of cultural practices and the built environment and their influence over
one another.

References:

1. Rapoport, "A. Culture, Architecture and Design", Locke Science publication, 2005.
Zube, E & Moore, G(Ed.), "Advances in environment, behaviour and design", Springer, 1991

b) GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM

Objective:
Geographic information system (GIS) integrates hardware, software, and data for
capturing, managing, analyzing, and displaying all forms of geographically referenced
information.
The course is intended to provide students with a foundation for basic GIS techniques which
are relevant to architectural analysis and Presentation. The elective is intended to establish
a bridge between the conceptual realms - Architecture /Site -Terrain Analysis/ Landscape
architecture/Urban planning. Output being digital, online and printed maps.

Outline:

1. Introduction to GIS:

GIS as a Hardware/software/application? GIS data, Vector date, Raster data, attribute

data, Data capture & methods, Coordinate reference systems

2. Introduction to Google Earth

An overview of Google Earth & KML, Google Objects, Descriptive HTML in
Placemarks, Ground overlays, Screen overlays, Paths, manipulating a path
Polygon, taking profiles of site, creating KML files and exporting to GIS format.

3. Creating & analysing GIS data:

 Capturing survey data through hand held GPS or mobile application. Traversing
boundary of site , bringing routes and way point data into GIS.
Spatial data, loading raster files, Mosaic raster, Geo referencing raster and vector
files, Loading data from OGC web services, databases.
Creating vector data layers, joining tabular data, Topology errors & tools,
Analyzing raster data, Combining raster and vector data, Raster surface through
interpolation, leveraging the power of Spatial database, Vector and raster
analysis, Vector Spatial analysis (Buffers), Spatial analysis (interpolation).

4. Terrain Analysis& scientific computing of Raster dataset:

Creating Digital elevation model (DEM) from point data, Hill shade, Slope, Aspect
Creating great Maps: Composing maps:Vector styling, Labelling, Using adobe
illustrator for composing multiple vector layers of maps, Designing print maps,
Publishing GIS 2D maps on the web

5. Create 3D maps:
3D maps in html format and navigate in the internet browser

References:
1) https://sites.duke.edu/envgis/tutorials/introduction-to-google-earth/
2) Anita Graser , "Learning QGIS" PAKT open source, 2016.
3) GISP Dr. John Van Hoesen, Dr. Luigi Pirelli, GISP Dr. Richard Smith Jr., GISP Kurt
Menke, " A refreshing look at QGIS: Mastering QGIS", PACKT Pub., 2016.
4) Displaying and analysing 3D data in Surfer software.
Carson, Tom, Baker, Donna L., "Adobe® Acrobat® and PDF for Architecture, Engineering, and
Construction", Springer publication, 2006 ,available as Google Ebook.
c) DESIGN OF HIGH - RISE BUILDINGS

Objective:
The design and construction of skyscrapers involves creating safe, habitable spaces in very
tall buildings. The buildings must support their weight, resist wind and earthquakes, and
protect occupants from fire. Yet they must also be conveniently accessible, even on the
upper floors, and provide utilities and a comfortable climate for the occupants. The
problems posed in skyscraper design are considered among the most complex encountered
given the balances required between economics, engineering, and construction
management. The students may be given a snapshot of this very important typology that
gives them an insight into complex world of various services that form the backbone of any
skyscrapers. The students will also critically analyse the impact of tall buildings on
environment and climate.

Outline:
1. Evolution of Skyscrapers
2. Basic design considerations
3. Loading and Vibrations
4. Structural systems for high rise buildings; Trussed tube & X bracing, Bundled tube,
 etc.
5. Economic rationale
6. Environmental Impact
7. Services in Skyscrapers
8. Fire safety in Skyscrapers
9. Skyscrapers in India

The faculty in-charge should organise inputs by inviting various consultants and visits
to few high rise buildings in the area. Students may be given assignments on relevant
topics. (Activity 1)

References:
1. Basem M.M., "Construction Technology for High Rise Buildings:
Handbook", 2014, CreateSpace.
2. Basem M.M., " Mechanical and Electrical Services for High Rise Buildings:
Handbook", 2014, CreateSpace.
3. Mark Sarkisian, " Designing Tall Buildings: Structure as Architecture"
Routledge,
N
ew york, 2012.
4. Johann Eisele&Ellen Kloft, " High-rise Manual : Typology and Design,
Construction, and Technology" Birkhäuser, 2003.
Nigel Clark and Bill Price, " Tall Buildings: A Strategic Design Guide", RIBA & BCO, 2016.

OPEN ELECTIVE:
The college has the discretion to offer an open elective in the areas/subject/fie other
than already covered under the syllabus . The college can decide to offer need based electives
depending on the availability of the expertise. However, the college will require to submit the
title of such electives with the course outline stating learning objectives and mode of
delivering the content to the Registrar/ Registrar (evaluation) within the 15 days of the
commencement of the semester.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
Assessment Details (CIE)
(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio/ Class room/Tutorial discussions, Reviews,
Time problems, test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 100% and there is no Semester End Exam
(SEE) .The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks in CIE and is conducted for 100 marks. Based
on the CIE marks grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz, report writing
etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the course of learning for the Elective subject, in the beginning only.
The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. There is no Semester End Exam (SEE) The CIE marks list generated is to be signed by the internal
examiners and submitted to VTU as per the procedure through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Study Tour
Course Code 21ARC69 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) -- SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy -- Total Marks 50
Credits -- Exam Hours --
Course objectives:
To expose students to historical, vernacular and contemporary architecture.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

OUTLINE:

A minimum of two Study tours are to be undertaken before the commencement of 6th
semester
B. Architecture classes. The study tour may include places of architectural interest in India or Abroad.
The choice of places and buildings to be visited is left to the concerned department / college. The
students have to submit a study tour report as group work ( 4 to 6 students per group) within 15 days
after the end of the study tour. The two reports are to be assessed by the department / colleges for
progressive marks. The department/ college may use its discretion about the choice of places for study
tour and suitable time schedule.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (CIE)
(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio/ Class room/Tutorial discussions, Reviews,
Time problems, test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 100% and there is no Semester End Exam
(SEE) .The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks in CIE and is conducted for 100 marks. Based
on the CIE marks grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz, report writing
etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the course of learning for the subject, in the beginning only. The
teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. There is no Semester End Exam (SEE) The CIE marks list generated is to be signed by the internal
examiners and submitted to VTU as per the procedure through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Activity 1 - The downside of the skyscrapers in its environmental impact and the skewed
aspiration of skyscraper cities.
 Physical Education(Sport &Athletics/Yoga & NSS)
Course Code 21PE69/21YO69/21NS69 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0-0-2-0 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 100
Credits -- Exam Hours --
Course objectives:

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5


Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
67. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
68. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
69. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
70. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
71. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
72. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End
Suggested Examination:
Learning Resources:
Theory
Books SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Architectural Design-VII
Course Code 21ARC71 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) -- SEE Marks(VIVA) 100
Total Hours of Pedagogy 100 Total Marks 200
Credits 8 Exam Hours -

Course objectives:

1. To understand the subject of Architecture as an integrated field which works in tandem

with Technology, Design, Economy, Ecology, Geography and Sociology etc
2. To rethink architecture as a man-made ecosystem, which is self-contained and
sustainable
3. To be able to identify and Augment the right set of knowledge kit (from the learnt
courses and electives) that will steer the approach to the brief in a strong direction.

INTRODUCTION/OVERVIEW:
Post six semesters of architectural training, from introduction to architecture: Design of
public buildings, in concurrence with allied subjects, the student is expected to have
developed a worldview with which he/she is able to analyze a given design brief. The
objective of this semester is to activate that critical mind, with an underlying emphasis on
performative/responsive (including low-energy and low-carbon performance attributes)
architecture. The studio has two main themes, of which any one can be proposed for a
studio.

OUTLINE:

Each of the two themes approach sustenance in different ways, one which looks at
traditional wisdoms of sustainability and the other which address the same through
technology, digital media and evaluating efficacy in design.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Case study practices: David Adjaye architects, ke're' Architecture, Morphogenesis, CnT
Architects, Small projects, Matharoo associates, Roger Anger houses, Popo Pingel
architecture, Aga khan architecture

Case study concepts: Aqua ducts; Step wells; passive design elements like daylighting, natural
ventilation, thermal mass, evaporation, nocturnal radiation, insulation; contemporary
interpretation of vernacular elements like jaalis, jharokhas, shading, verandahs; Wind
towers, Solar chimneys, Water coolant systems, HVAC systems etc
 1. Meta Architecture: The work in question will strongly root for itself. It will search
meaning, solutions, and best practices from principles of regional/vernacular architecture
and reincarnate itself as embodiment of contemporary expression instilled with traditional
wisdom. The identity of the building will be an outcome of the interplay between the older
principles and newer materials. Articulation of the building character through details will
remain a primary motive of the studio. Although drawn from the traditional principles, the
nature of the buildings remains current. An architectural vocabulary could be built by
extending the exercise to service design, furniture design and facade development. The
Program will utilize both active and passive energy efficient methods in its climatic design.

Program: Office/commercial complexes, Community center, Institutions, Public Library etc

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course
outcomes
Case study practices: Arup associates, Atelier Jean Nouvel, Heather wick Studio, SOM,
Calatrava Architects, Toyo ito architects, Grimshaw architects, Thornton Tomasetti, Renzo
Piano architects

Case study concepts: Responsive facades, dynamic facades, vernacular materials and passive
design strategies technological innovation,exo skeletal structures, Kinetic structures, etc

1. Performative Architecture: It is the architecture, in which a building becomes a living,

breathing, consuming, excreting organism. Its Facade i.e, skin of the building will
simultaneously resolve the structural, aesthetic, climatic requirements of the building. Its
architectural expression shall not be a static response to its context, but a dynamic one.
The engineering aspect of the building typically continues into its internal function. From
foundation to form, performative architecture, rethinks the formulaic approach to building
design. The program will ask the students to delve deeper into exploring diurnal patterns of
solar geometry and thermal comfort conditions (daytime and night-time
temperatures/humidity and wind flow patterns), and engineering vernacular materials into
dynamic climate responsive skin of the building. The program will thus consider the forces
of nature such as Sun, Wind, Water, and its absence as controlling parameters of its function.
In order to extract maximum design mileage, the program shall be situated in regions with
extreme weather conditions.

Program: Office/commercial complexes, Community center, Institutions, Public Library etc

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

I. In depth understanding of Green concepts, be it Vernacular, active energy efficient
methods or projective models. Case study work should be presented as a knowledge
sharing exercise, through models, 3d models and explanatory diagrams.
 II. Building simulation models should be a mandatory output of the studio, to utilize
software technology as an effective analytical and design management tool.
III. Exploring the technology powered - engineering of vernacular materials and
designing elements into contemporary expression
IV. The complexity of the project can be broken down into components and treated as
one/two minor projects and one major component.
Note: The suggested directions can be altered and evolved to suit the expertise of the studio
faculty, keeping in mind that the studio shifts to an explorative (concept driven) path from
a program driven model.

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, test,
Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40 % marks in SEE to
pass. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 100 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be
awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz,
report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Design and Seminars if any, in the beginning
only. The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough
sheets for the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
2. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.
3. The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and
submitted to VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

1. Elizabeth M. Golden, "Building from Tradition: Local Materials and Methods in

Contemporary Architecture", 2018, Routledge.
2. Paola Sassi, "Strategies for sustainable Architecture", 2006, Taylor and Francis Group.
3. Lisa Iwamoto, "Digital Fabrications: Architectural and Material Techniques", 2009,
Princeton Architectural Press.
4. Jesse Reiser, " Atlas of Novel Tectonics", 2006, Princeton Architectural Press.
5. Russell Fortmeyer, Charles F. Linn, " Kinetic Architecture: Designs for Active Envelopes",
2014, The Images Publishing Group.
6. Michael Fox, " Interactive Architecture: Adaptive World", 2016, Princeton Architectural
Press.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Materials and Methods in Building Construction -VII

Course Code 21ARC72 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:3 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 50 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
To familiarize students with construction techniques in interior spaces and to provide an introduction
to prefabrication design, analysis and manufacture processes. This course will also bring in the
aspect of environmental impact, energy intensiveness, carbon emissions and circularity (recyclability)
of each material studied.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
1. Introduction to wood products as building material: Plywood, block board, particle board,
hard board, laminates, MDF, HDF, HDPE wood wool, etc
2. Interior residential construction: Detail of wardrobes and showcases in wood, Ferro
cement and stone.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2

3.Interior residential construction: modular kitchens and cabinet shelves.

4.Interior office construction: book selves, file cabinets and workstations. Partition
systems: wall and ceiling using plywood, PVC, marble, granite, aerated concrete blocks,
gypsum board, glass etc.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
 Module-3
5.False ceiling systems: Fibre board, plaster of Paris, particle board, wood wool, metals,
straw and any other materials introduced in the market including acoustic ceiling.
Study of recyclability of above mentioned false ceiling materials
6.Pre stressing and post tensioning: Introduction to pre-stressing and post tensioning of
building components especially floor slabs and beams.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
7.Introduction to Advanced foundation: Mat foundations, Pile foundations; different
types of piles, precast piles, cast-in-situ piles in wood concrete and steel.

8. Pile foundation construction: method of driving piles, Sheet piling, pile caps, etc.

9.Earth retaining structure: Selection, Design, Construction of retaining structures

including gravity, cantilever, sheet pile, and anchored earth and mechanically stabilized
earth (reinforced earth) walls.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
10. Bamboo Construction: detailing of walls, wall panels, doors, windows and roof in
Bamboo. Qualitatively and quantitatively study the material’s contributions
to/resistance to increased building solar heat gain in the tropics, increase or reduction in
air conditioning load and hence artificial cooling energy needs, and ability/inability to
promote natural unassisted night-time cooling through spontaneous release of
accumulated heat Study the life cycle environmental impacts, carbon emissions and
circularity (recyclability) of bamboo as a material used in building construction.

11. Prefabrication in India: Advantages and relevance in the Indian context.

Prefabrication: Design, analysis and manufacture processes. Study of one example.

12. Introduction to advanced methods of Building construction: CAD /CAM fabrication

and 3D printing. Analyze the larger impact of the advanced methods on the
construction industry in Indian context.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- Submission of construction drawing sheets, Journal of
materials, Multiple Choice Question, Quizzes, Open book test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40% marks in SEE to pass.
Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Methods suggested: Submission of Construction sheets, Journal of Materials, Test, Written Quiz, Seminar,
report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topics for the test, Written Quiz, and Seminar. In the beginning, only the
teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for Vivavoce
examination, atleast one day prior to Viva voce examination to the course teacher/coordinator.

2. The work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course teacher or
an internal examiner.

3. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to VTU
in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books;
2. Chudley, “Construction Technology”
3. Barry, “Construction of Buildings

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Minimum one plate on each construction topic. Site visits to be arranged by studio teachers.
Study of material applications in the form of portfolio.
 Urban Design
Course Code 21ARC73 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
1. To introduce theoretical aspects of Urban Design
2. To understand the changing attitude toward Urban form/Space and Architecture
3. To familiarize Urban Design theory through traditional and contemporary examples
4. To comprehend and dissect the formality and informality of urban design
interventions
5. To understand that city design must respond to new challenges - environmental
challenges, low-carbon cities, compact cities, healthy cities, etc.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
Behavioural /Perceptual approach: City as visual experience– walking, observing,
documenting/recording and interpreting city/ and its elements –such as neighbourhood,
street, block, building, architectural elements, green spaces, heterogeneous spaces (inclusive
of different parts of the city) etc
Sub module: Theories works of Gordon Cullen, Kevin Lynch.
Examples: Organic and Planned development as highlighted through Old market roads (Chor
Bazaar, Old Delhi, etc) and Newer settlements (Newer settlements, shopping streets, etc).

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2

Social cultural Approach: study of social and cultural layer that influence urban design and
architecture. Study of the transition and dependencies between formal and informal spaces.
Sub Module: Theories / approach by Jane Jacob, Kevin Lynch
Examples: Studying smaller built environment settings like a part of the market, market
adjoining roads, informal vendors, etc.

Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3
 Morphological approach: built and un-built, relation with scale, size and influence of
byelaws and regulation. Example showing sustainable transformation quality of space and
form. Understanding the differences between organic and planned city-making through the
concepts of density, building-street ratio, safety, communal significance, etc.

Sub Module: Theory and works of Collin Rowe - Street, public square facade. Notion of
Collective Memory by Aldo Rossi

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
Functional and Temporal approach: contextual formal and informal urban
environment and readability differences,
Sub Module: Approach by Kevin lynch through good city form, critical study by Charles
Correa & Indian example such as Connaught place, church gate, Ballard estate, Gate way of
India, Chor Bazaar (Mumbai), Old Delhi, Bada Bazaar (Kolkata), etc. (Activity 1)

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
Environmental approach: Relationship with physical activity and built environment,
human activity and building as environment. Components of a healthy city and a city that
enables healthy citizens.
Sub Module: study by Charles Correa & Indian example (Activity 2)

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
73. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
74. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
75. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
76. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
77. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
78. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End
Suggested Examination:
Learning Resources:
Theory
Books SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Activity 1 - Smart City or Common Sense City - One group supports the notion of creating smart
cities, where technology is the go-to solution for every urban problem, and common sense takes
a back-seat whereas other group supports the idea of common sense cities, which might not
have the cutting edge, space age technology to solve the urban problems but would at least
address the need of the citizens, amount of heat that the buildings gain and thermal comfort that
is provided to the residents of all economic classes.

Activity 2 - Addressing urban challenges - Identify a city/town/village and document its

major challenges (health of the city, pollution, noise, urbanization, destruction of greenery, etc).
Make groups within the class to tackle each solution and intervene with urban design solutions
with the following guidelines -
1. The insight collection and Intervention must be participatory in its solving approach
2. The solution should be minimal invasive, i.e, simple, effective and most energy efficient
3. The intervention should highlight its co-benefits for either the environment and the
citizens(or community).
 Professional Practice
Course Code 21ARC74 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
To understand the responsibilities & liabilities of the Profession. To appreciate the attitude of
professionalism.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
1. Profession: Idea of profession; differences between profession, trade and business.
2. Moral and Ethical Orientation of Architects: Non-negotiable values of architects
practicing their profession in the era of climate crisis and breach of planetary limits.
Understanding architecture as a profession for healthy coexistence between the
natural and built environment.
3. Profession of architecture: Types and extent of services offered by architects, scale
of fees, stages of payment, and contract between client and architect.
4. Practice: Types of Architectural firms, proprietorship, partnership, associate ship
and private limited firms; advantages and disadvantages of each type of firm; building
clientele and projects.
5. Office Management: Administration of Architectural firms; basic accounting procedures,
financial literacy related to personal and office matters.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2

6. Code of Professional Conduct: Architects Act of 1972, role of Council of

Architecture, Indian Institute of Architects in functioning of the Profession.
7. Architectural competitions: guidelines of COA, procedure of conduct of competitions.
Recent developments with respect to the use of title ‘Architect’ and other design
professionals in a design competition.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-3
8. Tender: Tender document and its content. Types of tenders, advantages and
disadvantages of each type; suitability to various projects. Tender notices, opening,
scrutiny, process of selection and award.
Architect’s role in tender process.
Earnest Money Deposit, Security Deposit, Retention Amount, Mobilization
 Amount and Bonus & Penalty Clauses.
Issues arising out of tendering process and the role of an architect.
9. Contract: General Principles, types of contract; Contract document.
Contract Management: Architect’s role in Contract Management.
Conditions and Scope of Contract; role of an architect in ensuring completion of
contract.

Issues arising in Contract: i) Termination of contract, ii) Certificates of value and quality, iii)
Virtual completion and final completion, iv) Defects liability period, v) Latent and patent
defects, vi) Liquidated and un-liquidated damages, vii) Extension of time, delays and penalty,
viii) Non tendered items, extras, extra work, additional works, variations, rate analysis and
architect’s role in certification of variations,
ix) Prime cost, provisional sum.

Supervision and Contract Administration: Site visits, site meeting, co-ordination with various
agencies, site book, site instructions, clerk of works and site office.
Bill checking, quality auditing, handover procedures and final certification.

Disputes in contract and architect’s role in resolving disputes. Case studies from practice highlighting
disputes in contract and methods adopted to solve such disputes.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
10. Byelaws: Building byelaws, National Building Code, floor area ratio, floor space index,
floating FAR, zoning regulations.
Overview of Master Plan/CDP of relevant cities.
11. Arbitration: Arbitration and conciliation; arbitrator, umpire, order of reference,
selection of arbitrators, powers and duties of arbitrators, arbitration award and
implementation of award.
12. Valuation and Dilapidation: Definitions and architect’s role in preparation of
valuation and dilapidation reports and certifications; Physical and Economic life of
buildings.
Introduction to Valuation, essential characteristics, classifications and purpose of
classifications. Methods of valuation, standard rent and cost of construction.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
13. Building Industry: General overview of the industry; various participants and
dimensions of building industry.
Role of architect, employer, and contractor in sustainable buildings and developments.
Types of insurance necessary during contract; fire insurance
14. Easements: easement rights, architect’s role in protecting easement rights.
Laws related to Property and Land: Land tenure, types of land holdings, land
 registration, easement rights, covenants, trespass and nuisance etc.
15. General Law: Overview & definition of common law, statute law, equity, criminal law,
civil law etc., Role of courts in dispensing various types of cases.
Overview of recent Bills and Acts: Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act
2016; Land Acquisition Act, Rehabilitation Act and Resettlement Act 2013; Consumer
Protection Act. FDI in real estate, Goods & Service Taxes and other taxes applicable in
architecture practice and construction industry (Activity1).

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
79. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
80. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
81. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
82. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
83. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
84. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End
Suggested Examination:
Learning Resources:
Theory
Books SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
1) Namavathi, Roshan, Professional Practice for Architects and Engineers, Lakhani
Book, New Delhi, 2001.
2) Krishnamurthy K G and Ravindra S V, Professional Practice, S V Ravindra, 2009, Bangalore

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Activity 1: Decode and read one Act, rule, law: Divide the class into 3- groups and each
group can pick up one law, rule, act, program and study in detail. Interpret its meaning and
identify and understand the inclusivity and loopholes. Reflect on the policies that impact
holistic architecture design.

Estimation & Costing

Course Code 21ARC75 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:1:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
To develop the necessary skills for establishing and writing specifications based on proposed
materials for the preparation of Bill of Quantities leading to cost estimation of proposed architectural
works. To develop the sensitivity and necessary skills for calculating the environmental cost of a
building.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
1) Introduction to Estimation: Need for estimation, relationship between choice of
materials, their specifications, Bill of Quantities (BOQ), project costing, project
quality/cost/ time management.

2) Specifications: How to arrive at abstract and detailed specifications for various

materials leading to ‘items of work’ used in construction?. Including influence and
impact of local and national building codes on specifications.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
 3) Bill of Quantities (BOQ): Why and how to build flexibility, resilience and redundancy
in BOQ.
4) Mandatory tests & Safety Measures in Specifications: Procedures, frequency and
submission of results as part of specifications and their inclusion in the BOQ for
different materials document. Integrating workers’ safety and material security into
specifications.

Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3
5) Introduction to Costing: Why do rates vary? - study of government rates (CPWD/
Karnataka PWD Schedule of Rates) and market rates. Concept of inflation and its
effect on costing.eg. escalation clause, extra items, variations
6) Introduction to Life Cycle Costing (Environmental and Financial) of a building:
This section will train students how to assess the emissions and cost tradeoffs of
increased material use and/or integration of passive design/low-carbon systems
features (eg. increased embodied carbon emissions of concrete in thick-walls vs.
conventional walls, increased capital cost of double-glazing versus single-glazing,
increased capital cost of radiant cooling vs. conventional air conditioning etc.) to
determine the overarching long-term financial and environmental cost benefits of
sustainable designs relative to business-as-usual architecture (Activity - Calculate
the environmental valuation of any of your studio’s design)
7) Detailed rate analysis of building: Basic knowledge of items as per current
schedule of rates (CSR) of local PWD. Percentages (based on thumb rule calculations)
of various bulk materials used in construction like cement, steel, rubble, metal, sand,
brick, tiles etc.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
8) Introduction to sequence of construction activity: Project time/ labour /materials
costing and impact of delay in project on costing.
9) Term project 1: Detailed specifications writing and estimation of Bill of Quantities
(BOQ) for an RCC framed house with an attached temporary shed.

10) Term project 2: Detailed specifications writing and estimation of Bill of Quantities
(BOQ) for an office interior work.

Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-5
11) Term project 3: Detailed specifications writing and estimation of Bill of Quantities
(BOQ) for Water supply and sanitary works including overhead tanks and Sump
tanks.

12) Term project 4: Detailed specifications writing and estimation of Bill of Quantities
(BOQ) for a typical residential layout plan with roads, culverts, pavements, etc.

13) Term project 5: Detailed specifications writing and estimation of Bill of Quantities
(BOQ) for a typical low cost housing layout plan (a rehabilitated slum) with roads,
culverts, pavements, water distribution, power distribution, all basic amenities
included etc.

14) Billing requirements: Role of the architect in monitoring the specifications follow-
up for quality control, the measurement book (MB), RA bills, interim and final
checking and certification of works on site based on the BOQ and terms of contracts.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
85. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
86. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
87. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
88. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
89. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
90. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. DuttaB.N ,Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering- Theory and Practice, UBS
Publishers, 1993.
2. Rangwala, Estimating, Costing and Valuation, Charotar Publishing House.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Interior Design
Course Code 21ARC76 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:3 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:
This course aims to introduce the students to the discipline of Interior Design and to develop skills
required for handling interior design projects. The course shall equip the students with theoretical,
conceptual, practical and creative aspects of Interior Design along with its allied fields with
particular emphasis on commercial, habitat [residential & hospitality], educational and public
space interiors.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
● INTRODUCTION:
Definition and process of interior design; difference between interior design and
decoration; vocabulary of interior design through elements in interior design like
colour, materials, furniture, lighting; aspects of interior design related specifically to
typology and function, difference between themes and concepts in interior design.

● OVERVIEW:
Overview of history of Interior Design in the Western, Asian and Indian context through the ages
relating to contemporary design; theories and design movements in Interior Design; evolution of
 space planning concepts and design ideas; influence of the vernacular, folk arts and crafts of a
region on its Interior Design; role of activity and anthropometrics in Interior Design; design
psychology and perception through color, light, scale, proportion, enclosure and fenestration

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2

● COMPONENTS OF INTERIOR DESIGN:

Functional, aesthetic and psychological aspects of interior space components; design,
material choice, method of construction, treatment and finishes of components such
as floors, ceilings, walls, partitions, fenestrations; fixtures in relation to space design
and construction technology.
Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3
● INTEGRATION OF INTERIOR SPACE WITH SERVICES:
Addressing user specific needs and scope of design of services as fundamental aspects
of interior design; enhancement of space experience with integration of supporting
services like climatic comfort, air conditioning, plumbing and sanitation, electrical,
lighting, air conditioning and acoustics.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
● ALLIED FIELDS – FURNITURE DESIGN & PLANTSCAPE:
Role of furniture, ergonomic factors of furniture design and materials used; Design
and types of furniture based on its style, characteristics and functional application,
barrier free and inclusive design; design for the specially abled; materials and
methods of construction of furniture, design trends, the concept of reuse and
repurpose, innovations and ideas of furniture for specific types of interiors;
integration of interior landscaping elements like plants, water, paving, artifacts, etc.
and their physical properties and effects on spaces.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
 ● ALLIED FIELDS – LIGHTING DESIGN:
Concepts and perceptions in interior lighting design; day lighting natural over
artificial, its modulation of lighting [artificial and natural lighting] to develop
strategies for interior space and element relationship; quantitative vs. qualitative
aspects of lighting design; emphasis of design features like focal points in interior
design using lighting; different types of interior lighting fixtures - their effects and
suitability in different contexts.

DESIGN PROJECT – MINOR AND MAJOR:

Interior design is a user centric approach where both the function and aesthetics get
their due consideration. The understanding of all the above listed aspects related to
interior design will be explored, designed and detailed through two design projects
[Minor and Major]. The project will delve into interior design through function, user
and aesthetic based space planning and visualizations, material specification and
detailing, colours, textures, furniture design and lighting design along with interior
landscaping if needed. Design will be explored as a holistic approach of plan, section,
details, materials, technology, services integration and views.
The minor project can look at Adaptive re-use of a space intended for completely
different uses. Application of basic structural knowledge, ideas and concepts of
materials, lighting, services, etc. to be applied in the project.

ASSESSMENT:

The design projects will be evaluated as assignments done individually. The assessment will
be through presentations, concept / story board, all relevant drawings like plans, sectional
elevations, reflected ceiling plans, flooring plans, wall sections, services layout, construction
details, views, models, material samples and specification boards.

Teaching- Design ideation, desk feedback / crits and juries for design projects that
Learning
Process
incorporate all the learnings.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
91. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
92. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
93. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
94. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
95. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
96. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End
Suggested Examination:
Learning Resources:
Theory
Books SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
1. Pile, John.F, “Interior Design”, Pearson; 4 edition (2007)
2. Ching, Francis D.K., “Interior Design Illustrated”, John Wiley & Sons; 3 edition (2012)
3. Panero, Julius and Zelnik, Martin, “Human Dimension and Interior Space: A
Source Book of Design Reference Standards”, Watson-Guptill; New edition
(1979)
4. DeChiara, Joseph, Panero, Julius and Zelnik, Martin “Time Saver’s Standards
for Interior Design”, McGraw-Hill Professional (2001)
5. Rengel, Roberto J, “The Interior Plan: Concepts and Exercises”, Bloomsbury
Academic USA; 2nd Revised edition (2016)
6. Mitton, Maureen, “Interior Design Visual Presentation: A Guide to Graphics,
Models and Presentation Techniques”, John Wiley & Sons; 4 edition (2012)
7. Pile, John.F, “A History of Interior Design Hardcover”, John Wiley & Sons Inc (2000)
8. Kurtich, John &Eakin, Garret, “Interior Architecture”, John Wiley & Sons
(1995)
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
฀ Presentations and discussions on various concepts and components of interior design,
integration of services with interior design and allied fields like furniture design and
lighting design.

฀ Interactions with industry experts like interior designers, lighting designers and
service consultants to share their experience and perspective on interior design.

฀ Visit to interior construction sites to understand the process of construction and

prototyping and lighting product manufacturing factory visits.

฀ Material sample and specification compilation along with vendor input to augment
the understanding of material detailing with latest technology.

฀ Design ideation, desk feedback / crits and juries for design projects that incorporate
all the learnings.

Working Drawing-II
Course Code 21ARC77 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:4 SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy 55 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
Introduction to ‘Good for Construction’ drawings; Preparation of Structural, Electrical, Water Supply and
Sanitary drawings for the project from previous semester; Comprehensive set of drawings.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
OUTLINE:
1. Project Work: Project continued from previous semester; Preparation of structural and services
drawings and details.
2. Structural drawings: Conventions & symbols; Foundations, Columns, Beams, Slab.
3. Electrical drawings: Conventions & symbols; Plans at all levels.
4. Water Supply drawings: Conventions & symbols; Plans at all levels.
5. Sanitary drawings: Conventions & symbols; Plans at all levels; Site Plan, Terrace Plan
6. Mechanical drawings: Conventions & symbols; Plans at all levels; Details of Lift.
7. Complete integration of Architectural, Structural and Services drawings and details

Teaching-
Learning
Process

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
97. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
98. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
99. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
100. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
101. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
102. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Elective-5
Course Code 21ARC78 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:0:0:0 SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 100
Credits 02 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:

a) CRAFT IN ARCHITECTURE:

OBJECTIVE:

● Awareness of rich traditions of Architectural craft

● Ways of imagining the potential of existing systems
● Broaden the mind beyond available construction systems
● Explore possibilities in Crafting of Architecture
● Sustainable practices in Art & Crafts.

COURSE CONTENT:

● Introduction
● Case Studies
● Field Trip , Research to identify potential area of interest for participants to focus
 further on
● Interaction with Craftsmen to understand the function, material and technique
● Design Exercises focusing on crafting certain elements / parts of a Building or the
overall.
● Using recyclable materials (like paper Mache), natural materials for building models.

COURSE METHODOLOGY:

● Lecture Sessions,
● Case Studies,
● Discussions,
● Research,
● Field Trips,
● Short Design Exercises.

COURSE OUTCOME:

● Appreciate finer nuances of making of Architecture into a reality.

● Overview towards the wealth of traditional / existing practices.
● Insight to potential direction of evolution of making of Architecture.
● Attempts to take forward existing systems.
● Introduction of systems form across the border of the discipline.
● Develop ability to craft making of Architecture.
● Use of sustainable materials for craft.

REFERENCES:

1. Peter Davey, "Arts & Crafts Architecture", 1997, Phaidon Press, London.
2. Maureen Meister, " Arts& Crafts Architecture", 2014, University Press of New England.
3. Miriam Delaney, "Studio Craft & Technique for Architects", 2015, Laurence King
Publishing , London.
4. Brian Mackay-Lyons, "Local Architecture: Building Place, Craft and
Community", 2014, Princeton Architectural Press, New York.

b) ARCHITECTURAL WRITINGS AND JOURNALISM OBJECTIVE:

This course aims to introduce writing on architecture as a method to study and interpret the
built environment through analysis, criticism and review. The course shall equip the students
with the fundamentals, relevant skills and techniques of various genres of architectural writing
and journalism. The course should support students to write in a way that situates architecture
in its social, ecological and economic context. The course shall sensitize students to the need to
highlight built space issues through their journalistic endeavours.

OUTLINE:

Introduction: Overview and objectives of role of writing and journalism in architecture;

Writing and Journalism skills: research, writing, editing and criticism.
Creative Writing: Techniques and methods of expressing an architectural narrative or
description through forms of creative writings such as fiction, poetry, travel writing,
blogging which are based on architecture or employ architecture as a context.

Analytical Writing: Techniques and methods of researching, analyzing and critiquing

formal and informal architecture through forms of analytical writings such as research
papers, journal writings and critical essays.

Documentation and Technical Writing: Techniques and methods of recording,

authenticating and examining architecture through documentation and technical writings.

Architectural Journalism: Introduction, scope and constraints of print, audio and visual
architectural journalism in the context of newspapers, radio, film, and television. Roles of an
architectural journalist in furthering socio-ecological issues in built spaces (activity 1,
activity 2) as a reporter, reviewer, cartoonist, interviewer, feature writer and specialist
writer.

Contemporary Architectural Writing and Journalism: Issues and Potential:

Role of an architect as a writer and journalist in scripting the narrative of formal and
informal architecture; Topics relevant and needed in an architectural journals and current
issues; Mass Media and Public Opinion – critique of architecture through new age journalism
and technology; Issues of code of ethics, copyright, royalty, publishing rights and policies;
Citation and plagiarism.

METHODS:

● Presentations on the techniques of writing different genres

● Discussions of various readings to familiarize and analyze the methods and styles of
writing.
● Writing assignments related to the genres culminating in a term paper
● Interactions with architectural writers and journalists to share their experience /
perspective
● Visit to Publication / Media house to understand the process of publishing

Assessment:
The individual assignments will be assessed via presentations, writings and term paper.
REFERENCES:

1. Wiseman, Carter (2014), “Writing Architecture: A Practical Guide to Clear

Communication about the Built Environment”, Trinity University Press
2. Lange, Alexandra (2012), “Writing About Architecture: Mastering the
Language of Buildings and Cities”, Princeton Architectural Press
3. Schmalz, Bill 92014), “The Architect's Guide to Writing: For Design and
Construction Professionals”, Images Publishing Dist Ac
4. Sykes, A. Krista (2007), “The Architecture Reader: Essential Writings from
 Vitruvius to the Present”, George Braziller Inc.
5. Musa, Majd, Al-Asad, Mohammad (2007), “Architectural Criticism and
Journalism”, Umberto Allemandi& Co
6. Edward Jay Friedlander and John Lee (2000), “Feature Writing for
Newspapers and Magazines”, 4th edition, Longman.

Activity based learning:

Activity 1: Students are asked to critically analyse contemporary architecture media

narratives and their representation of architecture in socially marginalized spaces.

Activity 2: Students are asked to visit a slum redevelopment site in the city and write an opinion
essay based on their observations and interviews with relevant stakeholders.

c) BIOMIMICRY:

OBJECTIVE:

1. To understand ‘Bio mimicry’ and ‘Biophilia’

2. Reconnect with nature: learning to observe nature by function
3. To understand and explore how biology can be integrated with design
4. To examine how the ‘bio mimicry approach’ can influence sustainable designs and
innovations

COURSE CONTENTS:

a) Understanding Bio mimicry : theory and case studies

b) Reconnect with Nature (including a field trip)
c) Patterns of Biophilia
d) Life’s principles: the universal principles all of life follows to be sustainable
e) Integrating Biology in Design: the design process along with design exercise to realize
the process of discovering biological inspiration and its application

METHODOLOGY:

The course would follow the following modes of teaching:

1. Lectures sessions interwoven with games and activities to understand biomimicry
concepts
2. Field trip & outdoor exercises to reconnect and seek inspiration from nature
3. Discussions & presentations
4. Library/ web research & reading
5. Interviewing scientists/ biologists
6. Design exercises (Activity 1)

LEARNING OUTCOME:

The course aims to educate and equip students in the following way:
 a. Appreciate and understand cross disciplinary design practice of Biomimicry
b. Understanding of Biomimicry and biophilia& its relevance in design
c. Appreciate the importance of ‘reconnection/ connection’ with nature
d. Understanding Life’s overarching Principles & how this can inform sustainable
solutions
e. Understanding and being able to ‘integrating biology in design’

REFERENCES:

1. Michael Pawlyn, "Biomimicry in Architecture", 2011, RIBA Publishing, London.

2. Dora Lee, "Biomimicry: Inventions Inspired by Nature", 2011, Kids Can Press, Toronta,
Canada.
3. Stephen R. Kellert, "Biophilic Design: The Theory, Science and Practice of Bringing
Buildings to Life, 2011, John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey.
4. Stephen R. Kellert, "Nature by Design: The Practice of Biophilic Design", 2018, Yale
Univ.Press.
5. Benjamin R. Krueger, "Biomimicry: Nature as Designer", 2016, CreateSpace Independent
Publishing Platform
Activity Based learning :

an informal settlement and/or rural area and study the built and un built
Activity 1: Visit
environment. Identify the existing character, forces and challenges of the setting and design
a common community space (anganwadi, community hall, toilets etc) through bio
mimicking. .

` OPEN ELECTIVE:
The college has the discretion to offer an open elective in the areas/subject/fie other than already
covered under the syllabus. The college can decide to offer need based electives depending on the
availability of the expertise. However, the college will require to submit the title of such electives
with the course outline stating learning objectives and mode of delivering the content to the Registrar/
Registrar (evaluation) within the 15 days of the commencement of the semester.

Assessment Details (CIE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio/ Class room/Tutorial discussions, Reviews,
Time problems, test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 100% and there is no Semester End Exam
(SEE) .The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks in CIE and is conducted for 100 marks. Based
on the CIE marks grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz, report writing
etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the course of learning for the Elective subject, in the beginning only.
The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. There is no Semester End Exam (SEE) The CIE marks list generated is to be signed by the internal
examiners and submitted to VTU as per the procedure through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Traffic Awareness & Road Safety
Course Code 21ARC79 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:0 SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy 13 Total Marks 100
Credits 01 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:
To Introduce he concept, principles, tools and aids of Road Safety and Civic Sense to the students of B
Arch. To acquaint them with the design and safety standards for roads. Also inculcate the practice of safe
road behaviour and civic sense among them.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
1) Introduction to Road Safety.
Road as an active space, Types of users, User behaviour, Sensory Factors like Vision and
Hearing in User Behaviour.
Types of Vehicles: Heavy Vehicles, Light Motor Vehicle, Two Wheelers, Auto- Rickshaw,
Bicycles and Cycle Rickshaws, Non Motorised Vehicles.
Vehicle Characteristics: Dimensions, Weight, Turning Radii, Braking Distance, Lighting
System, Tyres, etc.
Types of Hazards: Conflicts and Accidents.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
 2) Typology of Roads: Components and Design
Road Classification: National Highways, State Highways, District Roads (MDR and ODR),
Village Roads.
Urban Road Classification: Expressways, Arterial, Sub-Arterial, Collector, Local, Service
Roads, One-Way, Two-Way etc. Mountainous Roads. Speed Limits of Road types.
Design of Roads: Cross Sectional Elements- Right of Way, Carriageway, Median,
Shoulders, Side Walks, Lanes, Cycling Track, Green Strip, Curbs, Camber, etc. Spatial
Standards for the Cross-Section Design. Relationship between Road design and Road
Safety.
3) Intersections

Types of Road Intersections: Basic forms of at-grade Junctions (T, Y, Staggered, Skewed,
Cross, Scissors, Rotary, etc. Grade Separated Junctions (with or without interchange):
Three –Leg, Four-Leg, Multi-Leg, etc.

Design of Intersections: Design and Spatial Standards for Traffic Islands, Turns, Turning
Radii, Directional Lanes, Pedestrian Crossings, Median Openings, Traffic Calming
Components like Speed Breakers and Table-Top Crossings etc.

Design Considerations for Diverging, Merging and Weaving Traffic.

Location and Design for Traffic Signals.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-3

4) Pedestrian Circulation and Barrier Free Design

Requirement of Pedestrian Infrastructure: Sidewalks and footpaths, Recommended Sidewalk
widths, Pedestrian Crossing, Pedestrian Bridges, Subways, Cycle Tracks, etc.

Barrier free design: Location and Design Standards for Ramps for wheel Chair Access, Other
Provisions like Tactile for Visually Challenged etc.

Safety Provisions: Pedestrian Railings, Anti-skid Flooring, Pedestrian Signal, Walk Button, etc.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
5) Traffic Signs and Road Markings

Types of Traffic Signs: Principles and Types of Traffic Signs, Danger Signs, Prohibitory
Signs, Mandatory Signs, Informatory Signs, Induction Signs, Direction Signs, Place
Identification Signs, Route Marker Signs, etc. Reflective Signs, LED Signs, Static and
Dynamic signs.
Standards for Traffic Signs: Location, Height and Maintenance of Traffic Signs.
Types of Road Markings: Centre Lines, Traffic Lane Lines, Pavement Edge Lines, No
 Overtaking Zone Markings, Speed Markings, Hazard Markings, Stop Lines, Pedestrian
Crossings, Cyclist Crossings, Route Direction Arrows, Word Messages, Marking at Intersections,
etc.
Material, Colour, and Typography of the Markings.
6) Traffic Signals, Traffic Control Aids, Street Lighting
Traffic Signals: Introduction, Advantages and Disadvantages
Signal Indications: Vehicular, Pedestrian and Location of the Signals.
Signal Face, Illustration of the Signals, Red, Amber, Green Signals and its significance,
Flashing Signals
Warrant of Signals, Co-ordinated Control of Signals.
Traffic Control Aids: Roadway Delineators (Curved and Straight Sections) Hazard
Markers, Object Markers, Speed Breakers, Table Top Crossings, Rumble Strips, Guard Rails
and Crash Barriers etc.
Street Lighting: Need for Street Lighting, Type of Lighting, Illumination Standard, Location
and Intermediate Distance.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
7) Road Accidents

Nature and Types of Road Accidents ( Grievously Injured, Slightly Injured, Minor Injury, Non
injury, etc)
The Situation of Road Accidents in India (yearly), Fatality Rates, etc
Factors (and Violations) that cause accidents. Prevention and First Aid to Victims.
Collision Diagrams and Condition Diagram exercises.
Traffic Management Measures and their influence in Accident Prevention.
8) Road Safety and Civic Sense
Need for Road Category of Road Users and Road Safety Suggestions.
Precautions for Driving in Difficult Conditions (Night, Rain, Fog, Skidding Conditions, Non
Functional Traffic lights, etc.)

Type of Breakdowns and Mechanical Failures. Accident Sign (Warning Light, Warning
Triangle, etc.)

Introduction to Concept of Civic Sense and its relationship to Road Safety: Importance of Civic
Sense, Road Etiquettes and Road User Behaviour, Rules of Road, Right of the Way. Providing
Assistance to Accident Victim. Sensitisation against Road Rage.
9) Traffic Regulations, Laws & Legislations
Indian Motor Vehicle Act ( Chapter VIII: Control of Traffic to be discussed in detail)
Regulation Concerning Traffic: Cycles, Motor Cycles and Scooters, Rules for Pedestrian
Traffic, Keep to the Left Rule, Overtaking Rules, Turning Rules, Priority Rules, Hand Signals,
etc.
Speed and Hazard Management. Penal Provisions.
National Road Safety Policy, Central Motor Vehicle Rules, State Motor Vehicle Rules.
Introduction to Good Practices.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (CIE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio/ Class room/Tutorial discussions, Reviews,
Time problems, test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 100% and there is no Semester End Exam
(SEE) .The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks in CIE and is conducted for 100 marks. Based
on the CIE marks grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz, report writing
etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the course of learning for the subject, in the beginning only. The
teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. There is no Semester End Exam (SEE) The CIE marks list generated is to be signed by the internal
examiners and submitted to VTU as per the procedure through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Introduction to Traffic Engineering, R Srinivasa Kumar
2. Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning, L R Kadiyali
3. Book on Road Safety Signage and Signs, Ministry of
RoadTransport and Highways, Government of India.
4. MORT&H Pocketbook of Highway Engineers, 2019( Third
Revision)
5. Publication by UTTIPEC namely, Street Design Guidelines,
UTTIPEC guidelines for Road Marking, UTTIPEC guideline and
specification for Crash Barriers, Pedestrian Railing and Dividers,
UTTIPEC Standard Type Crossing Design.
6. Street Design Standards as provided in Timesavers, Neuferts
etc.
7. Publications by Indian Road Congress.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5sl9kDnFTbg
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=imtg0SYq5IM
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BZQFNvYMAm8
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sCXtcXD17qU
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IMAh8CDg8YM

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
1. Visit to Regional Transport office to observe variety of activities and discussion with officials.
2. Participation in Traffic Surveys.
3. Preparation of a street plan and drawings for pedestrian friendly environment.

Professional Training
Course Code 21ARC81 CIE Marks --
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) -- SEE Marks(VIVA) 200
Total Hours of Pedagogy 16WEEKS DURATION Total Marks 200
Credits 18 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
To provide exposure to the various aspects of architectural practice

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

OUTLINE:

The student is expected to be exposed to preparation of working drawing, detailing, preparation of

architectural models, computer applications in design and drafting, filing system in respect of
documents, drawing and preparation of tender documents. Site experience may be given in respect of
supervision of the construction activity, observing the layout on site, study of the stacking methods of
various building materials, study of taking measurement and recording.

Students should also acquaint themselves with local building byelaw.

Monitoring of Training:

A. Submission of Joining report: To be submitted within one week from the date of joining.
Students must report for the training from the day of commencement of 9th semester as notified
 by VTU.

B. Submission of periodical reports: Students shall maintain a day to day record of their
engagement for the period of training. This will be recorded in an authorized diary to be counter
signed by the architect at the end of each week and the same diary shall be sent to the training
co-ordinator once in a month.

C. Completion certificate: At the end of the training period, a student shall produce a certificate of
satisfactory completion of training in duplicate.

Submission of Portfolio:

Students shall present a portfolio containing the following works before the examiners for Viva-Voce
Examination:

1) Training Report: This shall contain copies of only such drawings which have been dealt, drafted or
designed by student. It shall also contain a brief description of works handled during the training
along with photographs, pencil sketches etc.

2) Building Study – This shall include a detailed critical study of a building designed by the architect
with whom the student has worked. The study should include of function, aesthetics, context,
structure etc., This shall be presented through drawings, photographs, write ups etc.

3) Building Material Study – This shall be a detailed study of new or relatively new building
materials available in the market. A study of its properties, uses, cost, maintenance etc., is
expected to be done. Samples of materials shall also be obtained and presented.

4) Detailing study – This shall be a study of interesting details done in the firm where the student has
undertaken the training. This shall include sketches and photographs of the detail.

Note:

1. Students shall work only in architectural firms functioning over 5 years and headed by an
architect registered with Council of Architecture, New Delhi.
2. In case of an architectural firm abroad, the Principal Architect of the firm should hold the title of
architect under the law of that country.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
1) The students get exposed to the professional work and field work.
2) The students will relate the academic work with professional work.
3) The students will appreciate the pace of the work in profession and learn to work as a team
member.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
4) There is no Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks for this subject. However students to
send their appointment order and joining letter to HOD/Principal as record.
5) The students need to update their progress to the institution on monthly basis
6) The students need to submit a portfolio of work done by them in an Architect’s office as
per the details given in the submission portfolio above.

Semester End Examination:

4. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets
for the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
5. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.

The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to
VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN –VIII (ARCHITECTURE IN URBANDESIGNCONTEXT)
Course Code 21ARC91 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:8 SEE Marks(VIVA) 100
Total Hours of Pedagogy 8 Total Marks 200
Credits 100 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
(a) To introduce the key components & terminology with respect to processes and aspects
of urban environment and their inter-relationships; to explore specific themes/issues in
the public realm such as public spaces, physical infrastructure, socio-cultural aspects
(heritage, gender, urban growth, informality, place identity, collective memory,
walkability, livability, zoning regulations) and the role of architecture in shaping the
urban fabric.

(b) To learn basic methods/techniques to read, analyse and interpret (mapping,

diagramming and theoretical premise) the dynamics and various dimensions of the
urban environment.

(c) To create /design Architecture that is linked seamlessly with Urban Planning and
Urban design strategies and guidelines

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

INTRODUCTION:
In an increasingly urbanized world, architecture plays a vital role in shaping and influencing a
complex urban environment (the design of cities) and creating meaningful places that enrich the lives
of people. It is important to understand the many scales at which architecture can engage with the
urban context, from building on the unique local character/form to enhance public spaces to urban
development projects (infrastructure/transport interchanges/terminals) that impact larger geographic
regions beyond the city. The Studio intent is to introduce the discipline of urban design
(interdisciplinary premise, scope, techniques and best practices) and understand architecture as a part
of implementing urban design projects, from gathering insights into urban fabric and critically
examining its metabolic relationship with ecological cycles), understanding how communities use
spaces, to understanding how policies influence and guide urban design. The studio intends to
develop a sense of orientation and a grounding of how to respond and fit in the immediate urban
context and how the intervention modifies the quality and character of the urban environment.
 OUTLINE:
The studio will be divided into two components

(a) Rigorous, directed and brief study of an urban context (techniques mapping,
diagramming) that will lead to clear understanding of dynamic networks, issues
affecting the area and design strategies that build on the strength and opportunities
to create meaningful spaces for communities. Various case studies (literature/site
visits) will be analyzed at various stages. Developing an understanding of the urban
development in India and its role in accelerating ecological imbalance and
intensifying the concentration of population in urban areas. Critically reviewing and
analyzing current infrastructure projects and the idea of Smart City, AMRUT and
HRIDAY cities (Activity1 and 2).

(b) Suitable design intervention addressing concerns such as the need to create public
realm as extension of the private domain of buildings; the impact and relationship of
buildings to the larger context. The key ideas informing the selection of the design
projects are multi- functional spaces, public access to the majority of spaces, large
gathering and event spaces which can be extended to immediate urban context. The
probable architectural design projects include urban infill, revitalization and renewal
of urban fragments, adaptive reuse, urban waterfront development, transportation
nodes/interchanges, multi-use urban complexes including museums, performing arts
centres.

Note:

(a) The design shall be sensitive to the needs of differently abled, aged people and
children.
(b) One major project to be tackled in the semester, along with minor research component
in the programmes of urban design thinking.
(c) Design shall address Place making/Sense of Place/ Visual identity/ Character/Socio
cultural values etc.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

(a) Study and Analysis of an delineated Urban Precinct with respect to Urban
renewal/Revitalisation/development/Conservation compiled and presented as
drawings, models and report explaining the intent and inferences from the study &
Analysis undertaken (25% grade)
(b) Framing urban design Strategies and Guidelines to link Architectural design project.
( Research work- Minor project) (25% grade)

(c) Architectural Design within the precinct with drawings and models (Manual/Digital)
explaining the design process (50% grade)
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, test,
Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40 % marks in SEE to
pass. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 100 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be
awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro
project, Quiz, report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Design and Seminars if
any, in the beginning only. The teacher has to announce the methods of
CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1) The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough
sheets for the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the
course teacher/coordinator.
2) The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.
3) The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and
submitted to VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books:
REFERENCES:

(a) Donald Watson , "Time Savers Standard for Urban Design", 2005, McGraw Hill.
(b) Jon Lang , "Urban Design: A Typology of Procedures and Product", 2005, Routledge.
(c) Edmund Bacon , "Design of Cities", 1976, Penguin Books.
(d) Gosling and Maitland , "Urban Design", 1984, St. Martin’s Press.
(e) Kevin Lynch , "Site Planning", 1967, MIT Press, Cambridge.
(f) Ephemeral Urbanism - by Rahul Mehrotra (Author), Felipe Vera (Author), Jose
Antonio Mayoral.
(g) Bombay : The Cities Within - by Rahul Mehrotra, SharadaDwivedi (Author).
(h) The Kinetic City and Other Essays - by Rahul Mehrotra (Author), Rajesh Vora
(Photographer), RanjitHoskote (Foreword), Kaiwan Mehta (Afterword)

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Activity 1: A part in whole, whole in part:
“Always design a thing by considering it in its next larger context – a chair in a room, a room in a
house, a house in an environment, an environment in a city plan.” — Eliel Saarinen
Reflect on urban design from this perspective and identify the critical components for holistic
urban design.

Activity 2: Component of Smart city Mission.

Students will develop an ability to understand ongoing government schemes in few smart
cities.

Materials and Methods in Building Construction -VIII

Course Code 21ARC92 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:0:0:3 SEE Marks(VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 55 Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:
To study contemporary building construction systems, as an integrative discipline, connecting across
various technology areas impacting the construction industry. The focus to be on methods, materials
and technology prevailing in the industry, with case study examples.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
Innovations in Construction industry:

1. New directions in Construction Industry: Impact of Automation, Information,

Prefabrication, Modular Construction, New Materials, Equipment and Environmental
concerns on Building Construction.

2. Special Constructions: Under water constructions, underground constructions, kinetic

constructions

High Rise Buildings:

3. Form work in High-rise buildings: Issues and Constraints. Materials used; some
examples like Maivan, Doka. PERI

4. Enclosure Systems: Types, properties and materials

 5. Special and Light Weight materials, eg. Concretes, plastics, recycled or materials out of
waste, wood? (Activity 1)

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
Technology integration:

Influence of Informatics in construction Industry: Big Data, Cloud Collaboration,

Information Management, Modelling, Simulation, 3D Printing
Construction Equipment: New advances in Construction Equipment
Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3
Retrofit and Repairs:

Life Cycle concept of buildings and materials.

Repairs: Types of damage to buildings; Types of Repairs used Retrofit: Reuse of buildings,
Renovations. (Activity 2)
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
Green Building Concepts:

Green Building Concepts, Various Green

Rating agencies in India, Green
Construction, materials (Activity 3)
Net Zero Energy Building Concepts –
Case Study -
http://fairconditioning.org/showcase/net-zero-energy-nze-building-at-cept-
university/

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
 High Performance Materials:

Smart Materials: Properties of Smart Materials, Applications in Building Industry

Nano Materials: Introduction to Nanotechnology in building materials, Applications in
Building Industry.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be define topic wise i.e.- Submission of construction drawing sheets, Journal of
materials, Multiple Choice Question, Quizzes, Open book test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40% marks in SEE to pass.
Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 50 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Methods suggested: Submission of Construction sheets, Journal of Materials, Test, Written Quiz, Seminar,
report writing etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topics for the test, Written Quiz, and Seminar. In the beginning, only the
teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student need to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for Vivavoce
examination, atleast one day prior to Viva voce examination to the course teacher/coordinator.

2. The work will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with Course teacher or
an internal examiner.

3. The SEE mark list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to VTU
in sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Andrew Watts, "Modern Construction Handbook", : 4th Edition
2. Andrew Watts, "Modern Construction Case Studies: Emerging Innovation in
Building Techniques", Birkhauser Basel.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
Activity 1 - Exploring Recycled Materials - research and documentation on
material innovations, repurposed or made out of waste and their applications
globally (Ecoboard, Using plastic for roads, plastic based pavers, Carbon
captured products, Bio-waste, etc.)

Activity 2 - Building Surgery - Identify a settlement or a locality (informal / very old/

heritage) and enlist problems the space and the dwellers are experiencing. Derive ways
for an architect to address them through repurposing and retrofitting.

Activity 3 - Green Building - Critical analysis of the green building concept. Debate and discuss the
future implications of green buildings.

Urban Planning
Course Code 21ARC93 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 3:0:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
To familiarize students with the origins and basic concepts of urban planning.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
1. Evolution, origins and growth of settlements:- Characteristics of Rural and Urban
settlements; Urban form based on different determinants – Natural (climate,
topography, resources, geography) and Man-made (cultural, economic, religious,
administrative, political).

2. Planning efforts and impacts on historical cities - Ancient civilizations (Mesopotamia,

China, Egypt, Indus Valley, Mayan); Classical cities (Greek, Roman, Medieval,
Neoclassical, Renaissance, Baroque, City Beautiful); Indian cities – (Vedic/Indo-Aryan,
Colonial, Dravidian, Mughal). Study how an old town grew and built itself organically in
the nearby area.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
 3. City Planning in Post-Industrial Revolution Era: - Responses to impacts of
industrialization in cities: Legislative reforms to public health, work and living
conditions; Spatial responses to Poor Living Conditions (Railroad tenements,
Dumbbell plan); Utopian visions - Model Towns (Robert Owen, J.S. Buckingham,
George Cadbury), Tony Garnier (CitéIndustrielle).

4. Pioneers in planning theories - Ebenezer Howard (Garden City), SoriaY.Mata (The

Linear City), Patrick Geddes (Outlook Tower, Valley Section, Folk-Work-Place, Civic
Survey), Le Corbusier (Ville Contemporaine), Frank Lloyd Wright (Broadacre City),
Ludwig Hilberseimer (Decentralized City), Constantinos A Doxiadis (Ekistics),
Clarence Arthur Perry (Neighbourhood Unit); Clarence Stein (American Garden
Cities).

5. Planned and Built Cities: - Brasilia (Oscar Niemeyer), Chandigarh (Le Corbusier),
Islamabad (Constantinos A Doxiadis), Tel Aviv (Patrick Geddes).

6. Alternate visions for cities: – Arcosanti (Paolo Soleri), New Urbanism (Peter
Calthorpe, Andres Duany, ElizabethPlater-Zyberk).
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-3
7. Urbanization in India: - Trends in urbanization in post-independence India; Planned
cities in Post-Independence India (Bhubaneswar, Gandhinagar, Jamshedpur)
(Activity1); Census classification of Indian cities (based on population size); Growth,
issues and management of Metropolitan cities; Slums (official definitions and slum
statistics) (Activity2), quality of infrastructure, environment and life in the Urban
areas.
8. Urban housing typologies – City Development Authority layouts, Public Sector
Townships, Affordable housing, Slum Rehabilitation Projects (Activity 3, 4).

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
9. Urban Structure: - Internal spatial structure of the city: Concentric Zone theory;
Sector theory; Multiple Nuclei Theory; Characteristics of Central business district,
Urban nodes (Origin and/or destination of trips, location of major transport nodes,
interfaces of local/regional transport), Suburbs, Peri-urban areas.

10. Land use and Zoning: - Land use categories and representation; Relationship between
Land use and Zoning; Zoning Types: Euclidian Zoning, Performance Zoning, Form-
based Codes, Incentive Zoning, Height Zoning (Activity 5), Open Space Zoning
(Activity 6).
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
11. Planning Processes and Tools: - Urban Redevelopment: Renewal, Rehabilitation,
Conservation; Scales of Planning: Master plan/Comprehensive Development Plan, Area
Plan, Regional Plan, Perspective Plan, URDPFI Guidelines; Steps of urban planning.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
103. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
104. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
105. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
106. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
107. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
108. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End
Suggested Examination:
Learning Resources:
Theory
Books: SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
1. Kostof, S., Castillo, G., & Tobias, R. 1992. The city assembled: The elements of
urban form through history. London: Thames and Hudson
2. Eisner, Simon; Gallion, Arthur; Eisner, Stanley. 1993. The Urban Pattern. Wiley.
3. Greed, Clara. 1993. Introducing Town Planning. Longman
4. Kostof, Spiro. 1993. The City Shaped: Urban Patterns and Meanings through History.
Bulfinch.
5. Morris, A.E.J. 1994. History of Urban Form Before the Industrial Revolution.
Longman Scientific & Technical.
 6. Hall, Peter. 1996. Cities of tomorrow: An intellectual history of urban planning and
design in the twentieth century. Oxford, UK: Blackwell Publishers.
7. Sivaramakrishnan, K. C.; Amitabh Kundu; and B. N. Singh. 2005. A Handbook of
Urbanization in India: An Analysis of Trends and Processes, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi.
8. Rathbone, Dominic. 2009. Civilizations of the Ancient World. Thomas & Hudson.
9. Ministry of Urban Development, GoI. 2014. Urban and Regional
Development Plans Formulation and Implementation Guidelines. MoUD
Government of India.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning ( select any two)
Activity 1: Comparison of organic city and planned city: Study an old city and a new
city and analyze and delayer the organic and planned form of development; Identify and
break down in its similarities, differences, responsiveness, habitability, scale, standard of
living, infrastructure, etc.

Activity 2: Spontaneous city: Study an existing slum eg. Dharavi, Ram pir, etc. for newer
perspectives of inclusivity and understanding the forces behind its throbbing growth. The
earlier policies of slum removal, slum relocation, and slum resettlement have been
renewed as redevelopment and up-gradation. Ref: J09025054.pdf (ijres.org)

Activity 3: Experience a slum redevelopment project: Visit a slum redevelopment

project. Interview the slum residents and reflect on the pros and cons of the project.
Identify what were the economic/political aspirations of this project and the impact of this
project on the mindset of the residents?

Activity 4: Experience a slum rehabilitation project: Visit a slum redevelopment

project. Interview the slum residents and reflect on the pros and cons of the project.
Identify what were the economic/political aspirations of this project and the impact of this
project on the mindset of the residents?

Activity 5: Linkages between high rises and informal settlements (slums): Visit an
area, (commercial, residential) with high FSI and high rises and map the number and
proximity of slums in and around the area. Research and read about the dynamics between
that. This activity hints at the direct relationship between the development and growth of
slums.

Activity 6: Open Space Index (slums): Study and map the number of open spaces in
different zones (commercial, residential areas, office, institutional) and try to understand the
open space index, planning approach and accessibility of them for different economic sections.
Research about the open space index in different cities, countries and the quality of life
 Thesis Seminar
Course Code 21ARC94 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: Studio: 2:0:0:4:2 SEE Marks --
Seminar)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 08 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:
(a) To outline the larger focus and relevance of the Thesis topic (design/research), its
architectural implications and projected design results.
(b) Alternatively to conceptually formulate an architectural proposition, explore and
articulate ideas through research and critically evaluate the feasibility of the Thesis
Proposal. This includes determining the Project, context where it shall be explored
and its significance to architecture.
(c) To encourage students to pose relevant questions on the discipline
(theoretical/design); to undertake self- directed study with inquisitiveness, rigor and
demonstrate a depth of inquiry in exploring the chosen topics.
(d) To focus on innovation, experimentation (theoretical premise/ tectonics/modes of
representation/other) as some of the learning outcomes and draw inspiration/build
on the various Electives/ Design Studios proposed/taken through the undergraduate
Program

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

INTRODUCTION/OVERVIEW:

The Thesis Seminar course is designed to discover, frame and develop a Proposal for
21ARC94 Architectural Design Project (attempted in the X Semester). The objective of the
Thesis Seminar is to expand the scope and focus of the student by introducing diverse topics
in architecture (allied disciplines) and to nurture design/research projects that can make
creative and technically competent contributions to the field of architecture. Every
undergraduate student is required to undertake Thesis Seminar during their penultimate
year.

The intent of the Thesis Seminar is to encourage new ideas/ research avenues/ design
experimentation in architecture (allied disciplines); to provide a larger framework
(structure) within which systematic research on a chosen topic can be undertaken; to
develop a proposition, narrative and methodology for the chosen topic which can be tested
through design in X Semester.
The Thesis Proposals can be developed from important issues on architecture (inter-
disciplinary), hypothetical scenarios connected with architecture (theoretical premise) or
live/ current projects proposed by government or other organizations.

Note:
a) The students are encouraged to continually read, discuss, clarify further and engage
 with their chosen topics through IX Semester.
b) Professional Training done in the VIII Semester should be seen as an opportunity to
bring in new learning from the field/ industry into the chosen topic and be applied
during designing and detailing in the Architectural Design Project in the X Semester.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
The final outcome shall include a formal submission of

(a) Written Synopsis (key ideas on the topic including premise, description/ justification
and conclusion) and Thesis Proposal Document (booklet) clearly
highlighting/explaining the Project type; architectural Proposition/ Premise; Site/
Location; Scope and Limitations; Program (includes basic documentation with
drawings, images or photographs of context, case studies, citations to various
sources)
(b) Portfolio of presentations, critical readings, drawings/ models produced by the
student on the chosen topic (urban issue/ conservation/ sustainability/ digital
architecture/ other)

The grading shall consider the participation and depth of inquiry presented by each student
and the various submissions/ reviews on each topic organized through the term.

Assessment Details (CIE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, test,
Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 100% and there is no Semester End Exam
(SEE) .The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks in CIE and is conducted for 100 marks. Based
on the CIE marks grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz, report writing
etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Thesis Seminars, in the beginning only. The teacher
has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. There is no Semester End Exam (SEE) The CIE marks list generated is to be signed by theinternal
examiners and submitted to VTU as per the procedure through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

REFERENCES:

● All references will be project specific and will include a wide range of subjects
(history, theory and criticism; services; material and construction) from
architecture and allied fields addressed through critical papers, essays,
documented studies and books.
 ● Linda Grant and David Wang, Architectural Research Methods, John Wiley Sons,
2002
 Iain Borden and KaterinaRüedi, The Dissertation,
Architectural press 2000
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 Construction and Project Management
Course Code 21ARC95 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:1:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
To enhance the professional ability of the student to manage a construction project by exposing the
students to the currently prevalent techniques in the planning, programming and management of a
construction project. To enhance the professional ability of students towards a mindful project
management approach as against a ‘mechanistic’ approach.
Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)
These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
(Introduction to Construction Project Management & Construction
Organization)

1. Introduction to Project, its Stages and Construction Project management: Project,

Organisation, need for management of building/construction projects, Principles and
Objectives of Project Management, brief understanding about study areas in Project
Management. Types of Construction Projects, Life Cycle Stages of a Project (Construction
Project).

2. Construction Organisation: Types of construction firms/ companies. Types of

organization, study of organizational structures suitable for building and construction
projects, the roles of the various members of a typical construction organization,
qualities of an ideal construction organization, ethics in construction industry.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2
 (Decision Making & Role of Project Managers)

3. Decision making and Feasibility Study: Involvement and Roles of Consultants and
Contractor in decision making at various stages. Basic understanding of decision making
principles and tools (e.g. Decision Tree, SWOT Analysis, Cost-Benefit Analysis), Value
Engineering, Investment Criteria, Project Feasibility Study.
Computer applications in Project Management: Introduction to use of computers for
solving inventory, scheduling and other issues related to construction and management.

4. Roles of Project Manager: Roles & Responsibilities of Project/ Construction

Managers, Scope Management in Construction: Scope Planning, Definition,
Verification and Control Project Management Stages: Project planning, project
scheduling and project controlling.

Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3
(Construction Management Techniques: Project Planning &
Scheduling)

5. Time, Cost and Resource Management in Construction: Activity definition, Activity

Sequencing, Estimation of Resource Requirements, Time & Cost for an Activity, Schedule
Development, Budgeting, Schedule control, Cost Control.
Construction Management Techniques: Project Planning – Work Breakdown Structure;
6. Construction Management Techniques: Project Scheduling – Bar Chart, Milestone Chart,
Network Theories (CPM and PERT analysis) - Event, activity, dummy, network rules, graphical
guidelines for network, numbering of events;

Project Cost analysis (Indirect project cost, direct project cost, slope of the direct cost
curve, total project cost) & brief understanding of about time, cost and resource
optimization; Project Crashing (using CPM).

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
(Construction Management Techniques: Project Monitoring and
Control)

7. Construction Management Techniques: Project Monitoring and Control – Role of the

project manager in monitoring the specifications, Follow-up for quality control, the
measurement book (MB), RA bills, interim and final checking and certification of works
on site based on the BOQ and terms of contracts. Project updating, Progress Curves.
 8. Quality Management in Construction: Quality Planning and Quality Control. Technical
Specifications and Procedures. Codes and Standards.
Construction Health and safety and management: Safety Measures and management: Integrating
workers’ Health and Safety into management.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
(Use of Construction Equipment)

9. Construction Equipment: The role of equipment/machinery in construction industry,

factors affecting selection of construction machinery, standard versus special equipment,
and understanding of the various issues involved in owning, operating and maintaining
of construction equipment, economic life of equipment.

10. Types of Construction Equipment: earth moving (JVB, tractors, excavators, dragline,
trenching equipment, etc.,) transporting (various types of trucks), spreading and
compacting (motor graders and various types of rollers) and concreting equipment
(including concrete mixers, transporting and pumping equipment), hoisting machines,
form work, shoring material etc.

Best practices - Dealing with uncertainty, complexity, timelines, in a mindful way.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
109. First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
110. Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
111. Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
112. First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
113. Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
114. At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End
Suggested Examination:
Learning Resources:
Theory SEE will
Books/References: be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question papers for the
1) Dr.B.C.Punmia et al. “Project planning and control with PERT and CPM”, Laxmi Publications,
New
Delhi
2) S.P.Mukhopadyay, “Project management for Architects’ and civil Engineers”, IIT, Kharagpur,
1974
3) Jerome D.Wiest and Ferdinand K.Levy, “A Management Guide to PERT/ CPM”, prentice Hall
of India Pub, Ltd.,New Delhi, 1982
4) R.A. Burgess and G.White, “Building production and project Management”, The
construction press, London,1979.
5) A Guide to Project Management Body of Knowledge; 5th ed. – An American national
standard – ANSI/PMI 99 – 001-2004
6) Krishnamurthy K. G., Ravindra S. V., “Construction and Project management for Engineers,
architects, planners and Builders”, CBS Publishers
7) Codes and standards –
● NBC 2016 – Part 7
● IS 3696 Safety code for scaffolds and ladders:
(Part 1) : 1987 Scaffolds
o (Part 2) : 1991 Ladders
● IS 3764 : 1992 Code of practice for excavation work (first revision)
● IS 4082 : 1996 Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction materials
and components atsite (second revision)
● IS 4130 : 1991 Safety code for demolition of buildings (second revision)
 ●
IS 4912 : 1978 Safety requirements for floor and wall openings, railing and toe boards
(first revision)
● IS 5121 : 2013 Code of safety for piling and other deep foundations (first revision)
● IS 5916 : 2013 Safety code for construction involving use of hot bituminous materials
(first revision)
● IS 7205 : 1974 Safety code for erection of structural steel work
● IS 7969 : 1975 Safety code for handling and storage of building materials
● IS 8989 : 1978 Safety code for erection of concrete framed structures
● IS 13415 : 1992 Safety code for protective barrier in and around buildings
● IS 13416 Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at work places:
o (Part 1) : 1992 Falling material hazards prevention
o (Part 2) : 1992 Fall prevention
o (Part 3) : 1994 Disposal of debris
o (Part 4) : 1994 Timber structures
o (Part 5) : 1994 Fire protection
● IS 13430 : 1992 Code of practice for safety during additional construction and
alteration to existing buildings
● IS 15883 (Part 1) : Guidelines for construction project management: Part 1
General2009
 IS 16601 : 2016 Guidelines for habitat and welfare
requirements for construction workers.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
 EARTH QUAKE RESISTANT STRUCTURES
Course Code 21ARC96 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:1:0:0 SEE Marks( VIVA) 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:

Integration of structures with architectural objectives by developing informed intuition for

structures, emphasizing underlying concepts, synergy of form and structure towards creative design
integration. To develop an understanding and design of structures for gravity and lateral seismic
loads.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

Module-1
1. Term project Introduction: High Rise Building (Plan and elevation with general framing
arrangement).
2. National Building Code load calculation: Gravity loading: Dead and live load calculation.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-2

3. Understanding earthquakes and Seismology: Earthquake- Origin and Propagation; Complexity of

Ground Motion; Earthquake occurrence in the world, plate tectonics, faults, earthquake hazard
maps of India & and the States. Causes of earthquake, seismic waves; magnitude, intensity, epicenter
and energy release, characteristics of strong earthquake ground motions, Seismological
Instruments: Seismograph, Accelerograph and Seismoscope.

Teaching-
Learning
Process

Module-3
4. Earthquake Effects on Buildings: How buildings respond to earthquakes; Building forms and
Seismic effects related to building configuration. Materials, Plan & vertical irregularities, redundancy.
Horizontal & vertical eccentricities in mass and stiffness distribution, soft storey etc.
5. Earthquake Resistant Design Strategies: Concept of seismic design, stiffness, strength, period,
ductility, damping, hysteric energy dissipation, center of mass, center of rigidity, torsion, design
eccentricities.
a. Seismic Resistance System
b. Seismic Isolation System
c. Seismic Damping System
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-4
6. Seismic Design to Satisfy Indian Codes: Seismic loading based on IS 1893 Code Static Analysis
Procedure: Horizontal seismic co-efficient, valuation of base shear, distribution of shear forces in single
and multistory building.
7. Structural Detailing in Earthquake Resistant Construction: Seismic Detailing of Masonry
buildings (IS: 4326), Seismic Designs & Detailing of RC & Steel Buildings: IS: 1893 - 2002; IS: 13920 -
1993; IS: 456 - 2000; IS: 800 - 2004. .
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Module-5
8. Recent techniques: Recent techniques like dampers, base isolation and other energy absorbing
devises used in Earthquake resistant design.
9. A case study highlighting the above concepts.

Note: Studio work is involved in topics 1, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%. The
minimum passing mark for the CIE is 40% of the maximum marks (20 marks). A student shall be deemed to have
satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 35% ( 18 Marks out of 50)in the semester-end examination(SEE), and a minimum of 40% (40 marks
out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks (duration 01 hour)
First test at the end of 5th week of the semester
Second test at the end of the 10th week of the semester
Third test at the end of the 15th week of the semester
Two assignments each of 10 Marks
First assignment at the end of 4th week of the semester
Second assignment at the end of 9th week of the semester
Group discussion/Seminar/quiz any one of three suitably planned to attain the COs and POs for 20 Marks
(duration 01 hours)
At the end of the 13th week of the semester
The sum of three tests, two assignments, and quiz/seminar/group discussion will be out of 100 marks and will be
scaled down to 50 marks
(to have less stressed CIE, the portion of the syllabus should not be common /repeated for any of the methods of
the CIE. Each method of CIE should have a different syllabus portion of the course).
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough
sheets for the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.
1. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by an external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.
2. The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and
submitted to VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books/References:
1. Martin Bechthold, Daniel L Schodek , "Sructures", PHI Learning Private limited.
2. Pankaj Agrawal and Manesh Shrikande , "Earthquake resistant design of structures", PHI
learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Dr Vinod Hosur , "Earthquake resistant design of building structures", Wiley Precise.
4. "Learning earthquake design and construction- earthquake tips", IIT Kanpur- NICEE
5. IS: 4326- Seismic detailing of Masonry buildings.
6. IS: 1893-2002, IS: 13920-1993 , IS: 456-2000, IS: 800-2007 – Seismic design and detailing of
RC and steel structures.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

Elective-6
Course Code 21CIP46 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 2:0:0:0 SEE Marks --
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 Total Marks 100
Credits 02 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.
 a) RESEARCH METHODS:

Objectives:

Introduction to research in architecture – its significance, research design, types of research,

literature study, methods of research in architecture (interviewing / visual methods / content
analysis); data documentation and analysis, introduction to statistics, presenting the data and
reporting the research.

● To increase the student's understanding of the role of research in architecture.

● To increase the student's abilities to interpret and evaluate research.
● To increase the student's abilities to conduct architecture research.
● To increase the student's abilities to present research results.
● To increase the student's understanding of data, information, and knowledge.

OUTLINE:

Unit 1- Introduction: Introduction to “research” and its significance in architecture –

meaning of research. Relationship between design and research. Types of research in
architecture, areas of research in architecture, qualitative and quantitative paradigms.

Unit 2- Research Design: Components of research design – formulating the research

questions, hypothesis, choosing the sample, methods of data collection, analysing the data
and inferring from the data. Concepts of dependent and independent variables, unit of
analysis. Defining the scope and limitations of a research plan, significance of the research
outcome.

Unit 3- Literature Study and Research: Significance of literature study in research,

different sources of information such as books, journals, newspapers, internet, magazines,
audio recordings, etc. Referencing and documenting the bibliography.

Unit 4- Methods of Research in Architecture: Interview Techniques: Questionnaires /Face

to face Interviews / Internet survey. Designing a Questionnaire / Interview schedule. Visual
Techniques: Observations (participant / nonparticipant / direct), activity mapping,
accession/erosion trace observations, cognitive maps, etc. Content Analysis: Secondary data
analysis. Understanding the relative advantages, disadvantages and application of various
methods mentioned above and choosing a method appropriate for a research to achieve its
objectives.

Unit 5- Data Documentation and Analysis: Understanding the nature of data collected and
methods of analysis suitable for that data (graphical / numerical / descriptive). Converting
data into numerical form for data analysis.

Unit 6- Introduction to the Statistics: Introduction to the simple statistical methods of analysing
numerical data – frequencies / percentages, mean / median / mode, inferring from the data and
interpreting the meaning of those inferences. Use of MS Excel for statistical data analysis.
 Unit 7- Presentation of the Data: Techniques of presenting the numerical data – graphical
(pie charts, bar charts, line graphs etc.), tabulations, verbal qualitative data, architectural
drawings / maps.

Unit 8 - Reporting the Research: Different sections of a research report, technical writing and
language (tense, voice, etc.), formatting of a report.

REFERENCES:

1. Groat, Linda N. and Wang, David C. 2002. Architectural Research Methods. New
York: John Wiley.
Norman K Denzin and Yvonna S Lincoln (Eds.) Handbook of Qualitative Research, Thousand
Oaks : Sage Publications, pp. 377392. 1994.

b) PRINCIPLES OF REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT:

OBJECTIVE:

To provide students with understanding of fundamentals of real estate practices,

perspectives & development, and enable them widen their professional capabilities to
support endeavours based on socio-ecologically just development practices. To
provide students with an understanding of the governing bodies and authorities
dealing with housing and land, in the context of residential, commercial,
infrastructure, commons in the local context.

OUTLINE:
Introduction: Definition of real estate, economic importance of real estate, overview of real
estate industry.

Characteristics of land / real estate: Economic and physical characteristics, personal

property; Tangible and intangible personal property.

Concepts of Ownership: Forms of ownership, physical rights of ownership of land, land

tenure insecurity of Informal settlements and underlined reasons for that.

Transfer of Title: Voluntary and involuntary transfer of property, types of deeds and legal
conveyance.

Real Estate Finance: Sources and techniques

Land use and Control: Public control of private property, zonal laws, enforcement of
 zonallaws, urban development, emerging patterns of urban land use, urban infrastructure
development activities leading to forced evictions of people inhabiting marginalized
settlements. (Research based Activity : Studying and critically analysing eviction laws and
their impact . Case Studies of urban development projects that have lead to evictions of
marginalized settlements) [Ref:*] (Activity1)

Role players in real estate development: Stages in real estate development, real estate
development process.

REFERENCES:

1. Mike E. Miles, Laurence M. Netherton, and Adrienne Schmitz, "Real Estate

Development Principles and Process" (5th Edition, 2015) by Urban Land Institute
(ULI): Washington, D.C.
2. Richard B Peiser& Anne B. Frej, “Professional Real Estate Development” – The ULI
guide to the business – (2003), Urban Land Institute U.S.A.
3. Tanya Davis, “Real Estate Developer’s Handbook”, (2007), Atlantic pub company, Ocala,
USA.
4. Gerald R Cortesi, “Mastering Real Estate Principles” (2001), Dearborn Trade
Publishing, NewYork, U.S.A.
5. Donald A. Corb& Richard A. Giovangelo, "Real Estate Principles", 2014 , Lee Institute,
Inc., Brookline, Massachusetts, USA.
6. *https://www.hlrn.org.in/documents/Forced_Evictions_2018.pdf
7. **https://thewire.in/urban/housing-rights-covid-19-city-space-delhi-mumbai

Activity based learning:

Activity 1: Students are to watch, critically analyse and have group discussions based on movies
depicting land rights related challenges in informal settlements.
c) ADAPTIVE RE-USE OF BUILT FORM:

Objective: To understand the theoretical and practical background for a systematic process
to support adaptive re-use of the built environment for sustainable development.

OUTLINE

1. Introduction
● Introduction to the concept of adaptive reuse – history and various theories of
adaptive reuse.

● Understanding adaptive re-use of buildings as a key to sustainable development. To

explore the relationship between financial, environmental and social parameters
associated with the adaptive re-use of buildings.

2. Case studies
● Understanding the application of the concept of adaptive-reuse through various case
 studies (within the country and abroad). Critical appraisal of the design approach of
the case studies.

● Case studies should include examples of domestic, commercial, industrial,

ecclesiastical and public building types. Analysis of the case studies should be based
on the spatial attributes, structural knowledge and materiality of the existing
structures and the strategies and tactics of adaptive reuse in architecture.

3. Design generation processes in Adaptive re-use

● Analysis of the existing structure - Importance of building assessment report –
process of documentation and condition mapping in deciding design
recommendations.
● Understanding the design logic. Role of various parameters in concept generation.
● Strategies for re-modelling.

4. Adaptive re-use of heritage buildings

● Understanding Adaptive re-use as an important strategy towards conservation of built
heritage.
● Appreciation of the various values (architectural, cultural, historical, associational,
social, etc.) that is associated with heritage buildings. Developing an ethical approach
for adaptive re-use.

Note: The culmination of the elective could be a smaller scale adaptive re-use project done by
the students inculcating all the ideas covered throughout the subject.

- Field visits and case studies help in better understanding of the concept of adaptive re-use.

REFERENCES:

1. Liliane Wong, " Adaptive Reuse: Extending the Lives of Buildings", 2016,
Birkhauser Architecture, Switzerland.
2. J. Stanley Rabun, "Building Evaluation for Adaptive Reuse and Preservation", 2009,
John Wiley & Sons.
3. Robert W. Burchell, "The Adaptive Reuse Handbook", Transaction Publishing , New
Jersey.
4. Chris Van Uffelen, "Re-use Architecture", 2010, Braun Publishing, Switzerland.
Robert T. Ratay, "Structural Condition Assessment" 2005, Wiley.

OPEN ELECTIVE:
The college has the discretion to offer an open elective in the areas/subject/fie other than
already covered under the syllabus . The college can decide to offer need based electives
depending on the availability of the expertise. However, the college will be required to
submit the title of such electives with the course outline stating learning objectives and
mode of delivering the content to the Registrar/ Registrar (evaluation) within the 15 days of
 the commencement of the semester.

Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (CIE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio/ Class room/Tutorial discussions, Reviews,
Time problems, test, Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 100% and there is no Semester End Exam
(SEE) .The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks in CIE and is conducted for 100 marks. Based
on the CIE marks grading will be awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz, report writing
etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the course of learning for the Elective subject, in the beginning only.
The teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. There is no Semester End Exam (SEE) The CIE marks list generated is to be signed by the internal
examiners and submitted to VTU as per the procedure through the Principal of the institution.

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN PROJECT (Thesis)

Course Code 21ARC101 CIE Marks 100
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 0:0:0:16 SEE Marks(VIVA) 200
Total Hours of Pedagogy 16 Total Marks 300
Credits 180 Exam Hours -
Course objectives:

a) To demonstrate an ability to comprehend the nature of architectural problem and create a brief
which sets the frame work for design.
b) To demonstrate an advanced level design ability to convert the brief set forth earlier into a
speculative proposition of design.
c) To articulate and delineate the propositions of design into an architectural solution addressing
all the dimensions using diagrams, analog or digital drawings and models.

Teaching-Learning Process (General Instructions)

These are sample Strategies, which teacher can use to accelerate the attainment of the various course outcomes.

INTRODUCTION:

In principle, the final year Architectural Design Project, positioned at the culmination of multi- year
architectural education program, constitutes the threshold between student’s academic learning and
the profession. It provides an opportunity to do more than demonstrate the accumulated skills and
focus on actively engaging with the discipline by contributing new ideas, design solutions or exploring
new dimensions to existing or current issues in the field. Ideally, the Architectural Design Project should
continue with the Project Proposal submitted during 21ARC93 Thesis Seminar (conducted in the Ninth
semester) and build/enhance/improve on the architectural narrative that sets the premise for design
demonstration.
OUTLINE:

Listed below are a few parameters that could govern, frame and aid in evaluating the projects. These
parameters and stages should fine-tuned depending on the resources. It is advised that the projects
should be run as a design studio with individual guidance under one or more guides and project
coordinator.

(a) Guidelines (scope, scale and limitations):

 All projects should be grounded in some kind of critical enquiry; the depth of enquiry can
be extended and the time spent on design can be reduced in a specific case, but such a
project should demonstrate clarity in terms of research design. The suggested maximum
weightage for study will be 25% in the case of a Study + Design Project.
 Selected projects can be of any scale and size (in terms of built areas) as long as the
required rigor and depth is demonstrated by the student to merit consideration as a final
project. It is advised not to attempt very large projects that have numerous structures
and tend towards repetitive design with minimal variations or very complex projects due
to time constraint.
 The scope of the project should firmly be in the purview of architecture even though it
can have an interdisciplinary premise. All genres of projects (study or design) should end
with a design solution or research dissertation.
(b) Generic studio model highlighting the salient stages
 Project seminar– Student shall present a seminar on the project topic which would
include the following
1. Precedents of similar projects, either actual visit to such projects or through literature
reviews.
2. Cultural, contextual, historical, technological, programmatic concerns of the project.
3. Prevalent or historical models of architectural approach to such projects and a critique
of such models
4. A rhetorical or a speculative statement that would be the basis of further investigation.
(For example: Architecture in the information age: Design of libraries in the new
virtual reality regime). Documentation which is a part of this presentation shall be
taken as completion of “case study” part of the final requirement.
 Mid Review– There shall be a review to clarify the conceptual statements and
assumptions of the students. Students shall present a clearly articulated design response
to context, program and users. Conceptual framework and preliminary architectural
scheme using drawings and models shall be the end products of this stage.
 Final Review – Final review should consist of all the works which would be presented at
the viva. Mode of presentation shall be tentative but the body of work presented should
demonstrate the intellectual rigour and skill of the student through the design process
and must include various iterations (including study models) and the final design
outcome. Number of sheets shall be limited to maximum of 20 plus two case study
sheets.
 (c) Final output/outcomes:
 The final output or body of work should include a report; detailed and completed analog
and digital drawings and presentation model. In case of research dissertation an in depth
research study of a specialised architectural component should be undertaken and
presented in the form of a detailed report with proper references and appendix and a
plagiarism check report not exceeding 15%.
(d) Project Report:
 Three copies of the reports shall be submitted for evaluation in the Viva. The report in
typed or computer printed form shall provide an overview of the entire process from
formulation of the project to the design resolution. It should discuss the program, site-
analysis, literature review, case studies, design criteria, concept and include detailed
design drawings from all stages and photographs of the models.

Note:
a) The requirements pertaining to the differently abled, elderly people and children are to be
addressed in design and detailing.
b) At the time of Viva examination, the student shall show to the jurors the portfolio containing the
evolution of his/her design from the beginning to the final output. All the drawings and reports
shall be certified by the Principal of the School of Architecture as bona fide work carried out by
the student during the semester.
Teaching-
Learning
Process
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

(methods of CIE need to be defined topic wise i.e.- Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, test,
Seminar or micro project)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The student has to obtain a minimum of 50% marks individually both in CIE and 40 % marks in SEE to
pass. Semester End Exam (SEE) is conducted for 200 marks (Viva-voce). Based on this grading will be
awarded.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
Methods suggested:
1. Studio discussions, Reviews, Time problems, CIE tests, Seminar or micro project, Quiz, report writing
etc.
2. The class teacher has to decide the topic for the Design and Seminars if any, in the beginning only. The
teacher has to announce the methods of CIE for the subject in advance in writing.
Semester End Examination:
1. The student needs to submit his/her works done throughout the semester, including rough sheets for
the Viva examination, at least one day prior to the Viva work examination to the course
teacher/coordinator.

2. The Viva-voce will be evaluated by Two external teacher appointed by the University along with
Course teacher or an internal examiner.

3. The SEE marks list generated is to be signed by both internal and external examiners and submitted to
VTU in the sealed cover through the Principal of the institution.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books/ SUGGESTED REFERENCES:
All references will be project specific and will include a wide range of subjects (history, theory, services,
material and construction) from architecture and allied fields addressed through critical papers, essays,
documented studies and books.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://ndl.iitkgp.ac.in

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning